<PAGE>   1
 
   
      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 5, 2000
    
 
   
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-33086
    
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
                               AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
 
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                  <C>                                  <C>
              BERMUDA                                3674                              77-0481679
  (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF        (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL               (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
   INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)        CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)             IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
</TABLE>

 
                                CLARENDON HOUSE
                                2 CHURCH STREET
                                 HAMILTON, HMCX
                                    BERMUDA
   
                                 (441) 296-6395
    
  (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
                   REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                            ------------------------
                                   THOR BUELL
                                GENERAL COUNSEL
                          MARVELL SEMICONDUCTOR, INC.
                               645 ALMANOR AVENUE
                          SUNNYVALE, CALIFORNIA 94086
                                 (408) 222-2500
 (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                             OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                            ------------------------
                                   COPIES TO:
 

<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>
                   KENNETH R. LAMB                                         JOHN L. SAVVA
                    JOHN E. STONER                                      SULLIVAN & CROMWELL
                  MICHELLE A. HODGES                                   1888 CENTURY PARK EAST
             GIBSON, DUNN & CRUTCHER LLP                           LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90067
                ONE MONTGOMERY STREET                                      (310) 712-6600
           SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94104
                    (415) 393-8200
</TABLE>

 
                            ------------------------
    APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [ ]
 
    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]  ________
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the
Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]  ________
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the
Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]  ________
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
 
                            ------------------------
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>   2
 
     THE INFORMATION IN THIS PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE
     CHANGED. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
     FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS
     PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL NOR DOES IT SEEK AN OFFER TO
     BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT
     PERMITTED.
 
   
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION. DATED MAY 5, 2000.
    
 
   
                                6,000,000 Shares
    
 
                                      LOGO
                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
 
                                  Common Stock
 
                             ----------------------
   
     This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Marvell
Technology Group Ltd. All of the 6,000,000 shares of common stock are being sold
by Marvell.
    
 
   
     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common
stock. Marvell estimates that the initial public offering price per share will
be between $9.00 and $11.00. Marvell has applied to include the common stock for
quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "MRVL".
    
 
     See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 7 to read about factors you should
consider before buying shares of the common stock.
 
                             ----------------------
     NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY OTHER REGULATORY
BODY HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY
OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE.
 
                             ----------------------
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Per Share     Total
                                                              ---------     -----
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Initial public offering price...............................   $           $
Underwriting discount.......................................   $           $
Proceeds, before expenses, to Marvell.......................   $           $
</TABLE>

 
   
     To the extent that the underwriters sell more than 6,000,000 shares of
common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional
900,000 shares from Marvell at the initial public offering price less the
underwriting discount.
    
 
                             ----------------------
     The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York,
New York on             , 2000.
 
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
                               J.P. MORGAN & CO.
                                                              ROBERTSON STEPHENS
                             ----------------------
                      Prospectus dated             , 2000.

<PAGE>   3
 
   
Inside Front Cover:
    
 
   
The inside front cover contains graphics. The upper third of the page contains
the following words in white letters on dark blue background: "SILICON SOLUTIONS
FOR BROADBAND COMMUNICATIONS." Under the caption are six pictures, arranged in a
circular pattern, surrounding a picture of one of our integrated circuits
containing the Marvell logo. All of the pictures are set on a blue background of
blurred, digital data, i.e., 1's and 0's. The picture at the top of the circle
is a picture of the earth, circumscribed by red, yellow and green circles.
Immediately down and to the right of the earth picture is a picture of network
storage equipment. Immediately under that picture is a picture of a
partially-opened notebook computer. Down and to the left of the picture of the
notebook computer is a fiber optic cable, with glowing fiber optics set against
a black background. Up and to the left of the fiber optic cable picture is a
picture of a worker in a communications control room. Above that picture is a
picture of a large communications receiving dish set against a blue sky with
some clouds. Down and to the left of the pictures is a black Marvell logo with
the name "MARVELL" underneath in yellow type. Down and to the right of the
pictures is the Marvell trademark "MOVING FORWARD FASTER." The words "MOVING
FORWARD" are set in black type, and the word "FASTER" is set in red type. The
word "FASTER" is slightly larger than the other words in the trademark.
    
 
   
Front Cover Gatefold
    
 
   
The inside front cover gatefold contains two pages of graphics. The top 1/10th
of the two pages contains the following words in white letters on dark blue
background: "A BROAD PERSPECTIVE ON APPLICATIONS FOR OUR TECHNOLOGY." On the
right hand side of the gatefold, beginning underneath the dark blue background,
is a graphic depicting an analog signal transitioning to blurred digital data,
i.e., 1's and 0's. The transition is represented by a red elliptical line. Under
the graphic are the words "Marvell designs, develops and markets integrated
circuits that provide critical communication functions in high performance data
storage and data communications equipment." Under the words is a picture of one
of our integrated circuits containing the Marvell logo. To the left of the words
and the analog-to-digital graphic is a graphic depicting applications and
potential future applications of our technology. In the upper left corner of the
graphic is a legend containing four boxes. The first box is blue. Next to the
blue box is the phrase "Current Applications." Immediately under the blue box is
a smaller white box with a "C" in the center of the box. Next to this box is the
phrase "Equipment incorporating recently introduced data communications
integrated circuits." Immediately under that box is a white box of the same size
with an "S" in the center. Next to this box is the phrase "Equipment
incorporating currently shipping data storage integrated circuits." Immediately
under this box is a beige box the same size as the first box. Next to the beige
box is the phrase "Potential Future Applications for our data communications
integrated circuits." The graphics depicting applications are joined by heavy
gray lines, depicting communication media, containing digital data, i.e., 0's
and 1's. Starting from the left side of the gatefold, the first graphic is a
blue depiction of a storage area network switch with the words "Storage Area
Network (SAN) Switch and to the right of the words, a white box with a "C" in
the center." Immediately under the SAN switch graphic, connected by a gray line,
is a blue graphic from left to right depicting a redundant array of independent
drives. Underneath the graphic from left to right is the phrase "Redundant Array
of Independent Disks," the acronym "RAID and a white box with a "C" in the
center." To the right of the graphic depicting the SAN switch, connected by a
gray line, is a blue graphic depicting a local area network switch. Under the
graphic is the phrase "Local Area Network (LAN) Switch and to the right of the
phrase a white box with a "C" in the center." Down and slightly to the left of
the graphic depicting the LAN Switch, connected by a gray line, is a blue
graphic depicting a router. Under the graphic is the word "Router" and to the
right of the word, a white box with a "C" in the center." To the right of the
graphic depicting the router, connected by a gray line, is a graphic depicting a
beige cable head. Over the graphic are the words "Cable Head." Under the cable
head graphic is a beige graphic depicting a home. The home graphic is connected
to the cable head graphic by a gray line. To the right of the home are the
stacked words "Cable Modem," "Web Based Television Storage" and "Wireless
Network." To the right of the LAN switch graphic, connected by a gray line, is a
blue graphic depicting a work group switch. Under the graphic are the words
"Work Group Switch and to the right of the words, a white box with a "C" in the
center." Under the work group switch graphic, connected by a gray line, is a
blue graphic depicting a partially open laptop computer. Under the graphic are
the words "Laptop" a white box with a "C" in the center and a white box with a
"S" in the center. Above the work group switch graphic, connected by a gray
line, is a blue graphic depicting a small office/home office switch. Above the
graphic are the words "Small Office/Home Office (SoHo) and a white box with a
"C" in the center." To the right of the SoHo switch, connected by a gray line,
is a blue graphic depicting a work station personal computer. Over the graphic
are the words "Work Station," a white box with a "C" in the center and a white
box with a "S" in the center. To the right of the work station PC graphic,
connected by the same gray line, is a blue graphic depicting a desktop personal
computer. Above the graphic is the word "Desktop," a white box with a "C" in the
center and a white box with a "S" in the center. Down and to the right of the
work group switch graphic, connected by a gray line, is a beige graphic
depicting a wireless hub. Under the graphic are the words "Wireless Hub." Down
and to the right of the wireless hub graphic is an open laptop computer,
connected to the wireless hub by concentric semi-circles depicting wireless
communication. To the right of the laptop computer are the stacked words
"Laptop" and "Wireless connectivity." To the right of the work group switch
graphic, connected by a gray line, is a blue graphic depicting an enterprise
server. Under the graphic from left to right are the words "Enterprise Server,"
a white box with a "C" in the center and a white box with a "S" in the center.
Underneath the entire applications graphic is a blue line. Under the blue line
are four headings: "High Performance Storage," "High Speed Networking,"
"Wireless Networking" and "Cable Modem." Under the heading "High Performance
Storage," in black letters, is the following text: "Our integrated circuits for
data storage applications allow enterprises and consumers to reliably store,
transmit and rapidly access large volumes of data." Under the heading "High
Speed Networking," in black letters, is the following text: "Our integrated
circuits enable networking devices for high speed data communications throughout
the home and business enterprise. Under the heading "Wireless Networking," in
black letters, is the following text: "Our core technologies can be applied to
the wireless networking market. We are developing products to enable high
bandwidth data communication over wireless networks. Under the heading "Cable
Modem," in black letters, is the following text: "Our core technologies can be
applied to the cable modem market. We are developing products to connect
personal computers to cable networks and the Internet at much faster speeds than
possible through today's analog modems." On the lower left side of the gatefold
is a black Marvell logo with the name "MARVELL" underneath in orange type. On
the lower right side of the gatefold is the Marvell trademark "MOVING FORWARD
FASTER." The words "MOVING FORWARD" are set in black type and the word "FASTER"
is set in orange type. The word "FASTER" is slightly larger than the other words
in the trademark.
    

<PAGE>   4
 

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
   
     The following summary highlights information found in greater detail
elsewhere in this prospectus. It may not contain all of the information that is
important to you. You should read the entire prospectus, including "Risk
Factors" and the financial statements and notes to those statements, before you
decide to buy our common stock. Except as otherwise noted, all information in
this prospectus gives effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of
preferred stock, and assumes no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase
additional shares of common stock in the offering. The share information in this
prospectus reflects the approval by our shareholders on March 17, 2000 of two
common stock dividends in which, in each case, our shareholders received an
additional share of our common stock for each share held by them.
    
 
                                  OUR BUSINESS
 
   
     We design, develop and market integrated circuits for
communications-related markets. Our products provide the critical interface
between real world, analog signals and the digital information used in computing
and communications systems. Our products enable our customers to store and
transmit digital information reliably and at high speeds. We initially focused
our core technology on the data storage market, where we believe our products
provide industry leading performance for Seagate, Samsung, Hitachi, Fujitsu and
Toshiba, who as a group accounted for 99% of our sales in fiscal 1999 and 98% of
our sales in fiscal 2000. Recently, we applied our technology to the high speed,
or broadband, data communications market by introducing products that are used
in network access equipment to provide the interface between communications
systems and data transmission media. We believe that our core technology can be
used to improve performance across a wide range of data communications
applications. For example, we are actively developing products for the Gigabit
Ethernet, a networking protocol, or format, for connecting devices at data rates
of 1,000 megabits per second. In addition, we are committing resources to the
development of products for the wireless communications and cable modem markets.
For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2000, we generated $81.4 million in net
revenue and $13.1 million in net income.
    
 
   
     The advent of new, data-intensive computing and communications applications
is driving business and consumer demand for broadband access to large volumes of
information in multiple forms, including voice, video and data. Data storage and
communications systems providers must consistently introduce higher capacity and
higher performance equipment to satisfy this demand. Often the new equipment
must operate using existing communications infrastructures that were not
designed to support the desired levels of performance. These challenges are
creating the need for a new generation of integrated circuit solutions capable
of reliably supporting higher data transmission rates over existing media
infrastructures.
    
 
   
     We believe that our products enable our customers to introduce higher
performance data storage and broadband data communications products rapidly and
at competitive prices. Our products consist of proprietary integrated circuits
incorporating custom digital signal processing algorithms, which are formulas
that permit the mathematical manipulation of digital data converted from analog
form. Our products are designed for the complementary metal oxide semiconductor,
or CMOS, manufacturing process. CMOS provides numerous benefits over other
manufacturing processes, including lower manufacturing costs, faster time to
market and greater worldwide foundry capacity. We believe we have achieved a
level of integrated circuit performance in CMOS that has typically only been
achieved with more expensive, less widely available, fabrication techniques.
    
 
   
The following are key elements of our strategy:
    
 
   
     - Expand our market position by developing new signal processing
       technologies for broadband data communications-related applications and
       by continuing to invest in research and development;
    
 
                                        3

<PAGE>   5
 
   
     - Leverage our core technology in the broadband data communications market
       by introducing advanced products, including Gigabit Ethernet products;
    
 
   
     - Extend our leadership position in the high performance and portable
       computing segments of the data storage market by continuing to introduce
       advanced products for these market segments and further penetrate the
       general purpose personal computer segment by developing cost-effective
       solutions for that market segment;
    
 
     - Strengthen and expand our relationships with current and potential
       customers by customizing products to meet their specific needs and by
       jointly developing highly integrated products; and
 
   
     - Use independent manufacturers to fabricate our integrated circuits using
       CMOS, thereby decreasing time to market and cost while foregoing the
       necessity for a major investment in manufacturing capacity.
    
 
                           OUR CORPORATE INFORMATION
 
   
     We incorporated in Bermuda on January 11, 1995. Our registered address in
Bermuda is Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HMCX Bermuda, and our
telephone number there is (441) 296-6395. The address of our principal location
in the United States is Marvell Semiconductor, Inc., 645 Almanor Avenue,
California, 94086, and our telephone number there is (408) 222-2500. We also
have offices in Singapore and Japan.
    
 
   
     The Marvell name, logo, and the phrase "Moving Forward Faster" are our
trademarks. We have applied for federal registration of these trademarks. All
other trademarks or trade names appearing elsewhere in this prospectus are the
property of their respective owners.
    
 
     Information contained on our website is not intended to be part of this
prospectus.
 
     THE PERMISSION OF THE BERMUDA MONETARY AUTHORITY MUST BE OBTAINED FOR THE
ISSUANCE OF THE COMMON STOCK IN THIS OFFERING. THE PROSPECTUS MUST ALSO BE FILED
WITH THE REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES IN BERMUDA. IN GRANTING SUCH PERMISSION AND IN
ACCEPTING THIS PROSPECTUS FOR FILING, THE BERMUDA MONETARY AUTHORITY AND THE
REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES IN BERMUDA WILL ACCEPT NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE
FINANCIAL SOUNDNESS OF ANY PROPOSAL OR FOR THE CORRECTNESS OF ANY OF THE
STATEMENTS MADE OR OPINIONS EXPRESSED WITH REGARD TO THEM. THE WITHHOLDING OF
PERMISSION BY THE BERMUDA MONETARY AUTHORITY WOULD RESULT IN OUR INABILITY TO
COMPLETE THE SALE OF COMMON STOCK AS CONTEMPLATED IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
                                        4

<PAGE>   6
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
   
Shares offered......................     6,000,000 shares
    
 
   
Shares to be outstanding after this
offering............................     82,211,425 shares
    
 
Use of proceeds.....................     General corporate purposes, including
                                         working capital, capital expenditures
                                         and potential acquisitions of, or
                                         investments in, complementary
                                         businesses, technologies or services.
 
Proposed Nasdaq National Market
Symbol..............................     "MRVL"
 
   
     The information in the above table is based on shares of common stock
outstanding as of April 30, 2000. This information excludes:
    
 
   
      - 11,492,809 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock
        options, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.27 per share;
    
 
   
      - 5,225,270 shares available for future issuance under our 1995 Stock
        Option Plan and 1997 Directors' Stock Option Plan; and
    
 
   
      - 1,152,250 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock
        options, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.00 per share,
        granted subsequent to January 31, 2000 and through April 30, 2000.
    
 
                                        5

<PAGE>   7
 
                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                       ---------------------------------------------------
                                        1996       1997       1998       1999       2000
                                       -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                            (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                    <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
  DATA:
Net revenue..........................  $   210    $   190    $   625    $21,253    $81,375
Gross profit.........................      210        190        313     11,150     47,602
Operating income (loss)..............     (374)    (2,246)    (7,404)      (550)    17,096
Net income (loss)....................  $  (355)   $(2,153)   $(7,444)   $  (959)   $13,070
Basic net income (loss) per share....  $ (0.02)   $ (0.08)   $ (0.24)   $ (0.03)   $  0.32
Diluted net income (loss)
  per share..........................  $ (0.02)   $ (0.08)   $ (0.24)   $ (0.03)   $  0.16
Shares used in computing basic net
  income (loss) per share............   20,738     25,593     30,436     32,470     41,094
Shares used in computing diluted net
  income (loss) per share............   20,738     25,593     30,436     32,470     81,545
</TABLE>

 
   
     The pro forma column in the consolidated balance sheet data reflects the
automatic conversion of all shares of preferred stock into common stock upon the
closing of this offering. The pro forma as adjusted column in the consolidated
balance sheet data reflects this conversion and the receipt of the net proceeds
from the sale of shares of common stock offered by us at an assumed initial
public offering price of $10.00 per share, after deducting an assumed
underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
    
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   JANUARY 31, 2000
                                                       ----------------------------------------
                                                                                      PRO FORMA
                                                                                         AS
                                                       ACTUAL        PRO FORMA        ADJUSTED
                                                       -------    ----------------    ---------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>                 <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents............................  $16,600        $16,600         $ 70,875
Working capital......................................   22,611         22,611           76,886
Total assets.........................................   46,500         46,500          100,775
Capital lease obligations, less current portion......       36             36               36
Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock...   22,353             --               --
Total shareholders' equity...........................    7,940         30,293           84,568
</TABLE>

    
 
                                        6

<PAGE>   8
 

                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the
other information included in this prospectus, before you decide to purchase
shares of our common stock. Investing in our common stock involves a high degree
of risk. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business could be
seriously harmed and the trading price of our common stock could decline. In
those circumstances, you may lose part or all of your investment.
 
                         RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS
 
   
WE HAVE ONLY RECENTLY BEGUN OFFERING FOR SALE OUR FIRST DATA COMMUNICATIONS
PRODUCT. OUR FUTURE SUCCESS IS DEPENDENT ON OUR ABILITY TO ACHIEVE RAPID AND
WIDESPREAD MARKET ACCEPTANCE FOR THIS PRODUCT AND OTHER DATA COMMUNICATIONS
PRODUCTS WE DEVELOP AND OFFER FOR SALE.
    
 
   
     Prior to March 2000, all of our products were sold for use in data storage
devices, a market where we expect our rate of sales growth to slow considerably
in fiscal 2001 and going forward. In March 2000, we shipped and generated
revenue from our first high speed, or broadband, data communications product, an
Ethernet product for Fast Ethernet applications, and we began customer sampling
of a second Fast Ethernet product. Ethernet is the predominant networking
protocol, or format, for connecting devices at data rates of 10, 100 and 1,000
megabits per second. Ethernet connecting devices at data rates of 100 megabits
per second are known as Fast Ethernet, and Ethernet connecting devices at data
rates of 1,000 megabits per second are known as Gigabit Ethernet. We are
developing other broadband data communications products, including a Gigabit
Ethernet product for use with copper twisted pair wiring, a type of wiring
widely used in today's large business, or high performance, networks. We have a
limited history in developing, marketing and selling our products in the
broadband data communications market. Even if we successfully develop and
manufacture products for this market, they may not achieve market acceptance in
the near term or at all. If our Fast Ethernet products or other broadband data
communications products do not achieve rapid and widespread market acceptance,
our growth prospects could be seriously harmed.
    
 
WE HAVE DEPENDED ON SALES OF OUR READ CHANNEL AND PREAMPLIFIER PRODUCTS FOR
SUBSTANTIALLY ALL OF OUR REVENUE TO DATE, AND SIGNIFICANT REDUCTIONS IN ORDERS
FOR THESE PRODUCTS, OR THE DATA STORAGE DEVICES INTO WHICH SUCH PRODUCTS ARE
INCORPORATED, WOULD SIGNIFICANTLY REDUCE OUR REVENUES.
 
   
     Substantially all of our revenue to date has been derived from sales of our
read channel and preamplifier products. A read channel transmits and receives
the analog data that is stored on a magnetic disk and converts it to and from
digital data for use in computing systems. A preamplifier amplifies the low
level electrical signal transmitted to and from the recording mechanisms in a
disk drive device. In fiscal 1999 and 2000, we experienced rapid growth in sales
of our data storage products and anticipate our rate of sales growth for these
products will slow considerably in 2001 and going forward. Unless we are able to
diversify our sales through the introduction of new products, we will continue
to be dependent on sales of our read channel and preamplifer products. Our read
channel and preamplifier products are incorporated into data storage devices by
our customers primarily for sale to the personal computer and computer server
markets. Any reduction in the demand for data storage devices that incorporate
our products would likely result in reduced demand for our products and would
harm our sales. The data storage market is rapidly evolving and is subject to
substantial fluctuation. For example, the data storage market may be affected
by:
    
 
      - shifts in market share among data storage device manufacturers, driven
        by technological advances, price reductions, the level of end-user
        satisfaction with the data storage devices and the level of support
        provided to the end-users; and
 
                                        7

<PAGE>   9
 
      - fluctuations in the market for computing devices and products containing
        data storage devices.
 
WE DEPEND ON A SMALL NUMBER OF LARGE CUSTOMERS FOR A SUBSTANTIAL MAJORITY OF OUR
SALES. THE LOSS OF, OR A SIGNIFICANT REDUCTION OR CANCELLATION IN SALES TO, ANY
KEY CUSTOMER WOULD SERIOUSLY HARM OUR ABILITY TO GROW AND BE PROFITABLE.
 
     In fiscal 2000, our five largest customers accounted for approximately 98%
of our sales. Of these customers, Samsung accounted for 36%, Seagate for 24%,
Hitachi for 14%, Fujitsu for 14% and Toshiba for 10%. Sales to these large
customers have fluctuated significantly from year-to-year and will likely
continue to fluctuate dramatically in the future. The loss of any of our largest
customers, or a significant reduction in sales we make to them, or any problems
we encounter collecting amounts they owe us, would likely seriously harm our
results of operations and financial condition. Our operating results in the
foreseeable future will continue to depend on sales to a relatively small number
of customers, as well as the ability of these customers to sell products that
incorporate our products. In the future, these customers may decide not to
purchase our products at all, to purchase fewer products than they did in the
past, or to alter their purchasing patterns, particularly because:
 
   
      - we do not have any long-term purchase arrangements or contracts with
        these or any of our other customers or exclusive arrangements with any
        customers; and
    
 
   
      - substantially all of our sales are made on a purchase order basis, which
        permits our customers to cancel, change or delay product purchase
        commitments with little or no notice to us and without penalty.
    
 
   
IF WE ARE UNABLE TO DEVELOP NEW AND ENHANCED PRODUCTS THAT ACHIEVE MARKET
ACCEPTANCE IN A TIMELY MANNER, OUR OPERATING RESULTS AND COMPETITIVE POSITION
WILL BE HARMED.
    
 
   
     Our future success will depend on our ability, in a timely and cost
effective manner, to develop new products for the broadband data communications
markets and to introduce product enhancements to our read channel and
preamplifier products. We must also achieve market acceptance for these products
and enhancements. If we do not successfully develop and achieve market
acceptance for new and enhanced products, our ability to maintain or increase
revenues will suffer. The development of our products is highly complex. We
occasionally have experienced delays in completing the development and
introduction of new products and product enhancements, and we could experience
delays in the future. In particular, we have a limited history in developing
products for the broadband data communications market and may encounter
technical difficulties in developing Gigabit Ethernet or other products for this
market that could prevent or delay the successful introduction of these
products. Unanticipated problems in developing broadband data communications
products could also require the diversion of substantial engineering resources,
which may impair our ability to develop new products for the data storage
market, and could substantially increase our costs. Even if the new and enhanced
products are introduced to the market, we may not be able to achieve market
acceptance of these products in a timely manner.
    
 
     Successful product development and market acceptance of our products
depends on a number of factors, including:
 
      - timely and cost-effective completion and introduction of new product
        designs;
 
   
      - adoption of our products by customers that are among the first to adopt
        new technologies and by customers perceived to be market leaders;
    
 
      - timely qualification and certification of our products for use in our
        customers' products;
 
   
      - the level of acceptance of our products by existing and potential
        customers;
    
 
   
      - cost and availability of foundry, assembly and testing capacity;
    
 
                                        8

<PAGE>   10
 
   
      - availability, price, performance, power use and size of our products and
        competing products and technologies;
    
 
      - our customer service and support capabilities and responsiveness;
 
   
      - successful development of our relationships with existing and potential
        customers and strategic partners; and
    
 
   
      - our ability to predict and respond to changes in technology, industry
        standards or end-user preferences.
    
 
   
WE ARE A RELATIVELY SMALL COMPANY WITH LIMITED RESOURCES COMPARED TO SOME OF OUR
CURRENT AND POTENTIAL COMPETITORS, AND WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO COMPETE EFFECTIVELY
AND INCREASE OR MAINTAIN REVENUES AND MARKET SHARE.
    
 
   
     We may not be able to compete successfully against current or potential
competitors. If we do not compete successfully, our market share and revenues
may not increase or may decline. In addition, some of our current and potential
competitors have longer operating histories, significantly greater resources and
name recognition and a larger base of customers than we have. As a result, these
competitors may have greater credibility with our existing and potential
customers. Moreover, our competitors may foresee the course of market
developments more accurately than we do. They also may be able to adopt more
aggressive pricing policies and devote greater resources to the development,
promotion and sale of their products than we can to ours, which would allow them
to respond more quickly than us to new or emerging technologies or changes in
customer requirements. In addition, new competitors or alliances among existing
competitors could emerge. We expect to face competition in the future from our
current competitors, other manufacturers and designers of integrated circuits,
and innovative start-up integrated circuit design companies. Many of our
customers are also large, established integrated circuit suppliers. Our sales to
and support of such customers may enable them to become a source of competition
to us, despite our effort to protect our intellectual property rights.
    
 
     As we begin to enter the broadband data communications market, we face
competition from a number of additional competitors who have a long history of
serving that market. Many of these competitors have established reputations in
that market and long-standing relationships with the customers to whom we intend
to sell our products that could prevent us from competing successfully.
 
   
     Competition could increase pressure on us to lower our prices and lower our
margins.
    
 
DUE TO OUR LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY, WE MAY HAVE DIFFICULTY IN ACCURATELY
PREDICTING OUR FUTURE SALES AND APPROPRIATELY BUDGETING FOR OUR EXPENSES, AND WE
MAY NOT BE ABLE TO MAINTAIN OUR EXISTING GROWTH RATE.
 
   
     We were incorporated in 1995, did not begin generating any meaningful sales
until June 1998 and did not become profitable on an annual basis until fiscal
2000. This limited operating experience, combined with the rapidly changing
nature of the markets in which we sell our products, limits our ability to
accurately forecast quarterly or annual sales. Additionally, because many of our
expenses are fixed in the short term or incurred in advance of anticipated
sales, we may not be able to decrease our expenses in a timely manner to offset
any shortfall of sales. For example, in the last quarter of fiscal 1999 we
failed to achieve budgeted revenues, due to slower than anticipated design wins
for our products. We are currently expanding our staffing and increasing our
expense levels in anticipation of future sales growth. If our sales do not
increase as anticipated, significant losses could result due to our higher
expense levels.
    
 
     Although we have experienced sales and earnings growth in prior quarterly
and annual periods, we may not be able to sustain these growth rates.
Accordingly, you should not rely on the results of any prior quarterly or annual
periods as an indication of our future performance.
 
                                        9

<PAGE>   11
 
BECAUSE WE DO NOT HAVE LONG-TERM COMMITMENTS FROM OUR CUSTOMERS, WE MUST
ESTIMATE CUSTOMER DEMAND, AND ERRORS IN OUR ESTIMATES CAN HAVE NEGATIVE EFFECTS
ON OUR INVENTORY LEVELS AND SALES.
 
     Our sales are made on the basis of individual purchase orders rather than
long-term purchase commitments. In addition, our customers may cancel or defer
purchase orders. We have historically placed firm orders for products with our
suppliers up to 16 weeks prior to the anticipated delivery date and typically
prior to receiving an order for the product. Therefore our order volumes are
based on our forecasts of demand from our customers. This process requires us to
make multiple demand forecast assumptions, each of which may introduce error
into our estimates. If we overestimate customer demand, we may allocate
resources to manufacturing products that we may not be able to sell when we
expect or at all. As a result, we would have excess inventory, which would harm
our financial results. Conversely, if we underestimate customer demand or if
insufficient manufacturing capacity is available, we would forego revenue
opportunities, lose market share and damage our customer relationships. On
occasion, we have been unable to adequately respond to unexpected increases in
customer purchase orders, and therefore, were unable to benefit from this
increased demand.
 
   
WE RELY ON INDEPENDENT FOUNDRIES AND SUBCONTRACTORS FOR THE MANUFACTURE,
ASSEMBLY AND TESTING OF OUR INTEGRATED CIRCUIT PRODUCTS, AND THE FAILURE OF ANY
OF THESE THIRD-PARTY VENDORS TO DELIVER PRODUCTS OR OTHERWISE PERFORM AS
REQUESTED COULD DAMAGE OUR RELATIONSHIPS WITH OUR CUSTOMERS AND DECREASE OUR
SALES AND LIMIT OUR GROWTH.
    
 
   
     We do not have our own manufacturing, assembly or testing facilities.
Therefore, we must rely on third-party vendors to manufacture, assemble and test
the products we design. We currently rely on Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing
Company to produce substantially all of our integrated circuit products. We also
currently rely on third-party assembly and test subcontractors to assemble,
package and test our products. If these vendors do not provide us with high
quality products and services in a timely manner, or if one or more of these
vendors terminates their relationship with us, we may be unable to obtain
satisfactory replacements to fulfill customer orders on a timely basis, our
relationships with our customers could suffer, our sales could decrease and our
growth could be limited. Other significant risks associated with relying on
these third-party vendors include:
    
 
      - our customers or their end customers may fail to approve or delay in
        approving our selected supplier;
 
   
      - we have reduced control over product cost, delivery schedules and
        product quality;
    
 
      - the warranties on wafers or products supplied to us are limited; and
 
      - we face increased exposure to potential misappropriation of our
        intellectual property.
 
   
     We currently do not have long-term supply contracts with any of our
third-party vendors. They therefore are not obligated to perform services or
supply products to us for any specific period, in any specific quantities, or at
any specific price, except as may be provided in a particular purchase order.
None of our third-party foundry or assembly and test subcontractors has provided
contractual assurances to us that adequate capacity will be available to us to
meet future demand for our products. These foundries may allocate capacity to
the production of other companies' products while reducing deliveries to us on
short notice. In particular, foundry customers that are larger and better
financed than we are or that have long-term agreements with these foundries may
cause these foundries to reallocate capacity to those customers, decreasing the
capacity available to us. If we need another integrated circuit foundry or
assembly and test contractor because of increased demand or the inability to
obtain timely and adequate deliveries from our providers at the time, we might
not be able to develop relationships with other vendors who are able to satisfy
our requirements. Even if other integrated circuit foundries or assembly and
test contractors are available at that time to satisfy our requirements, it
would likely take several months to acquire a new provider. Such a change may
    
 
                                       10

<PAGE>   12
 
   
also require the approval of our customers, which would take time to effect and
could cause our customers to cancel orders or fail to place new orders.
    
 
   
IF OUR FOUNDRIES DO NOT ACHIEVE SATISFACTORY YIELDS OR QUALITY, OUR
RELATIONSHIPS WITH OUR CUSTOMERS AND OUR REPUTATION WILL BE HARMED.
    
 
   
     The fabrication of integrated circuits is a complex and technically
demanding process. Our foundries have from time to time experienced
manufacturing defects and reduced manufacturing yields. In the fourth quarter of
fiscal 2000, we experienced low yields in the production of our newly introduced
read channel product, which decreased our gross profits for the quarter. Changes
in manufacturing processes or the inadvertent use of defective or contaminated
materials by our foundries could result in lower than anticipated manufacturing
yields or unacceptable performance. Many of these problems are difficult to
detect at an early stage of the manufacturing process and may be time consuming
and expensive to correct. Poor yields from our foundries, or defects,
integration issues or other performance problems in our products could cause
significant customer relations and business reputation problems, harm our
financial results and result in financial or other damages to our customers. Our
customers could also seek damages from us for their losses. A product liability
claim brought against us, even if unsuccessful, would likely be time consuming
and costly to defend. In addition, defects in our existing or new products could
result in significant warranty, support and repair costs, and divert the
attention of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts.
    
 
   
BECAUSE FOUNDRY CAPACITY IS LIMITED, WE MAY TAKE VARIOUS ACTIONS TO TRY TO
SECURE CAPACITY, WHICH MAY BE COSTLY AND HARM OUR OPERATING RESULTS.
    
 
   
     Foundry capacity is limited and competition for capacity is increasing. In
order to secure foundry capacity as competition increases, we may enter into
various arrangements with suppliers that could be costly and harm our operating
results. This year, as we have increased our orders with Taiwan Semiconductor
Manufacturing Company, Taiwan Semiconductor has tightened its credit policy
applicable to us by determining whether our credit limit has been reached when
we place orders, rather than when it begins production of our orders. This
action required us to obtain additional credit facilities, which reduces our
financial flexibility. As competition for foundry space increases, additional
arrangements may be required, including:
    
 
   
      - option payments or other prepayments to a foundry;
    
 
   
      - nonrefundable deposits with or loans to foundries in exchange for
        capacity commitments;
    
 
   
      - contracts that commit us to purchase specified quantities of integrated
        circuits over extended periods;
    
 
   
      - issuance of our equity securities to a foundry;
    
 
   
      - investment in a foundry;
    
 
      - joint ventures; and
 
   
      - other partnership relationships with foundries.
    
 
   
We may not be able to make any such arrangement in a timely fashion or at all,
and any arrangements may be costly, reduce our financial flexibility, and not be
on terms favorable to us. Moreover, if we are able to secure foundry capacity,
we may be obligated to use all of that capacity or incur penalties. These
penalties may be expensive and could harm our financial results.
    
 
                                       11

<PAGE>   13
 
   
WE DEPEND ON KEY PERSONNEL WITH WHOM WE DO NOT HAVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS TO
MANAGE OUR BUSINESS IN A RAPIDLY CHANGING MARKET, AND IF WE ARE UNABLE TO RETAIN
OUR CURRENT PERSONNEL AND HIRE ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL, OUR ABILITY TO DEVELOP AND
SUCCESSFULLY MARKET OUR PRODUCTS COULD BE HARMED.
    
 
   
     We believe our future success will depend in large part upon our ability to
attract, integrate and retain highly skilled managerial, engineering and sales
and marketing personnel. The loss of any key employees or the inability to
attract or retain qualified personnel, including engineers and sales and
marketing personnel, could delay the development and introduction of, and harm
our ability to sell, our products. Due to the relatively early stage of our
company's business, we believe that our future success is highly dependent on
the contributions of Sehat Sutardja, our co-founder, President and Chief
Executive Officer, Pantas Sutardja, our co-founder and Vice-President, and Chief
Technology Officer of Marvell Semiconductor, and Weili Dai, our co-founder and
Executive Vice President, and General Manager of Data Communications Group of
Marvell Semiconductor. We do not have employment contracts with these or any
other key personnel, and their knowledge of the business and industry would be
extremely difficult to replace.
    
 
   
     There is currently a shortage of qualified technical personnel with
significant experience in the design, development, manufacture, marketing and
sales of integrated circuits for use in communications products. In particular,
there is a shortage of engineers who are familiar with the intricacies of the
design and manufacture of products based on analog technology, and competition
for these engineers is intense. Our key technical personnel represent a
significant asset and serve as the source of our technological and product
innovations. We may not be successful in attracting, integrating and retaining
sufficient numbers of technical personnel to support our anticipated growth.
    
 
   
OUR RAPID GROWTH HAS STRAINED OUR RESOURCES AND OUR INABILITY TO MANAGE ANY
FUTURE GROWTH COULD HARM OUR PROFITABILITY.
    
 
   
     During the past year, we have significantly increased the scope of our
operations and expanded our workforce from 101 employees at January 31, 1999 to
256 employees at April 30, 2000. This growth has placed, and any future growth
of our operations will continue to place, a significant strain on our management
personnel, systems and resources. We anticipate that we will need to implement a
variety of new and upgraded operational and financial systems, procedures and
controls, including the improvement of our accounting and other internal
management systems. We also expect that we will need to continue to expand,
train, manage and motivate our workforce. All of these endeavors will require
substantial management effort. If we are unable to effectively manage our
expanding operations, our profitability could be harmed.
    
 
   
     As a result of this growth, we believe that our current facilities will be
inadequate to meet our requirements past 2000. We expect we will need to locate
additional space in California, and may find it necessary to vacate our current
locations. If we relocate, we may have to pay rent on two leases for a period of
time. Because of the competition for space in the area of California in which we
are located, additional space may cost substantially more than our existing
facilities. We may also incur significant additional capital expenditures for
construction of tenant improvements. These relocations could also result in
temporary disruptions of our operations and diversion of managements's attention
and resources.
    
 
   
WE FACE FOREIGN BUSINESS, POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC RISKS, WHICH MAY HARM OUR
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, BECAUSE A MAJORITY OF OUR PRODUCTS AND OUR CUSTOMERS'
PRODUCTS ARE MANUFACTURED AND SOLD OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES.
    
 
   
     A substantial portion of our business is conducted outside of the United
States and as a result, we are subject to foreign business, political and
economic risks. All of our products are manufactured outside of the United
States. Our current qualified integrated circuit foundries are located in the
same region within Taiwan, and our primary assembly and test subcontractors are
located in the Pacific Rim
    
 
                                       12

<PAGE>   14
 
region. In addition, many of our customers are located outside of the United
States, primarily concentrated in Singapore, Korea, the Philippines and Japan,
which further exposes us to foreign risks. Sales outside of the United States
accounted for 99% of our revenues in fiscal 1999 and fiscal 2000. We anticipate
that our manufacturing, assembly, testing and sales outside of the United States
will continue to account for a substantial portion of our operations and revenue
in future periods. Accordingly, we are subject to international risks,
including:
 
      - difficulties in obtaining governmental approvals and permits and
        complying with foreign laws;
 
      - difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;
 
      - trade restrictions or higher tariffs;
 
      - transportation delays;
 
      - difficulties of managing distributors;
 
      - political and economic instability; and
 
      - inadequate local infrastructure.
 
     Because sales of our products have been denominated to date exclusively in
United States dollars, increases in the value of the United States dollar will
increase the price of our products so that they become relatively more expensive
to customers in the local currency of a particular country, potentially leading
to a reduction in sales and profitability for us in that country. A portion of
our international revenue may be denominated in foreign currencies in the
future, which will subject us to risks associated with fluctuations in exchange
rates for those foreign currencies.
 
   
OUR THIRD PARTY FOUNDRIES AND SUBCONTRACTORS ARE CONCENTRATED IN TAIWAN AND
ELSEWHERE IN THE PACIFIC RIM, AN AREA SUBJECT TO SIGNIFICANT EARTHQUAKE RISKS.
ANY DISRUPTION TO THE OPERATIONS OF THESE FOUNDRIES AND SUBCONTRACTORS RESULTING
FROM EARTHQUAKES OR OTHER NATURAL DISASTERS COULD CAUSE SIGNIFICANT DELAYS IN
THE PRODUCTION OR SHIPMENT OF OUR PRODUCTS.
    
 
   
     Substantially all of our products are produced by Taiwan Semiconductor
Manufacturing Company located in Taiwan. Currently our only alternative
manufacturing source is also located in Taiwan. In addition, substantially all
of our assembly and testing facilities are located in Singapore, Taiwan and the
Philippines. The risk of an earthquake in Taiwan and elsewhere in the Pacific
Rim region is a significant risk due to the proximity of major earthquake fault
lines to the facilities of our foundries and subcontractors. In September 1999,
a major earthquake in Taiwan affected the facilities of several of these third
party contractors. As a consequence of this earthquake, these contractors
suffered power outages and disruptions that impaired their production capacity.
The occurrence of an earthquake or other natural disaster could result in the
disruption of our foundry or assembly and test capacity. Any disruption
resulting from such events could cause significant delays in the production or
shipment of our products until we are able to shift our manufacturing,
assembling or testing from the affected contractor to another third party
vendor. We may not be able to obtain alternate capacity on favorable terms, if
at all.
    
 
   
WE MAY NEED ADDITIONAL FUNDS TO EXECUTE OUR BUSINESS PLAN, AND IF WE ARE UNABLE
TO OBTAIN THESE FUNDS, OR IF ADDITIONAL FUNDS ARE NOT AVAILABLE ON ACCEPTABLE
TERMS WE WILL NOT BE ABLE TO EXPAND OUR BUSINESS AS PLANNED.
    
 
     We may require substantial additional capital to finance our future growth,
secure additional independent foundry capacity and fund our ongoing research and
development activities beyond fiscal 2000. Our capital requirements will depend
on many factors, including:
 
      - acceptance of and demand for our products;
 
      - the types of arrangements that we may enter into with our independent
        foundries; and
 
                                       13

<PAGE>   15
 
   
      - the extent to which we invest in or acquire new technology and research
        and development projects and increase our sales and marketing or other
        operating expenses.
    
 
   
     To the extent that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our
existing sources of liquidity and cash flow from operations are insufficient to
fund our activities, we may need to raise additional funds. Additional financing
may not be available to us on terms favorable to us or at all. If we can raise
additional funds through the issuance of equity securities, the percentage of
ownership of our existing shareholders would be reduced. Any equity securities
we issue may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of our
common stock. If we issue debt securities, we may incur significant interest
expense, which would harm our profitability. The issuance of debt securities may
also require us to agree to various restrictions common to debt securities,
including limitations on further borrowings and on our right to pay dividends.
If additional funds are not available, we may be required to limit our research
and development and sales and marketing activities and the expansion of our
business.
    
 
   
OUR FAILURE TO SUCCESSFULLY INTEGRATE ANY ACQUISITIONS WE MAKE COULD DISRUPT OUR
BUSINESS AND HARM OUR FINANCIAL CONDITION.
    
 
   
     As part of our growth strategy, we may consider opportunities to acquire
other businesses or technologies that would complement our current product
offerings, expand the breadth of our markets or enhance our technical
capabilities. To date, we have not made any acquisitions and we are currently
not subject to any agreement or letter of intent with respect to potential
acquisitions. Acquisitions entail a number of risks that could harm our business
and result in the acquired business not performing as expected, including:
    
 
      - problems integrating the acquired operations, personnel, technologies or
        products with our existing business and products;
 
      - diversion of management's time and attention from our core business;
 
      - difficulties in retaining business relationships with suppliers and
        customers of the acquired company;
 
      - risks associated with entering markets in which we lack prior
        experience; and
 
      - potential loss of key employees of the acquired company.
 
                         RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY
 
THE AVERAGE SELLING PRICES OF PRODUCTS IN OUR MARKETS HAVE HISTORICALLY
DECREASED RAPIDLY AND WILL LIKELY DO SO IN THE FUTURE, WHICH COULD HARM OUR
GROSS PROFITS AND SALES.
 
   
     The products we develop and sell are used for high volume applications. As
a result, the prices of those products have historically decreased rapidly. For
example, from fiscal 1999 to fiscal 2000, the average selling price of our data
storage products decreased by approximately 20%. Our gross profits and financial
results will suffer if we are unable to offset any reductions in our average
selling prices by increasing our sales volumes, reducing our costs, or
developing new or enhanced products on a timely basis with higher selling prices
or gross profits. We expect that as a result of pricing pressure from our
customers our gross profits on our data storage products are also likely to
decrease over the next fiscal year below levels we have historically
experienced. Because we do not operate our own manufacturing, assembly or
testing facilities, we may not be able to reduce our costs as rapidly as
companies that operate their own facilities, and our costs may even increase. In
the past, we have reduced the average unit price of our products in anticipation
of future competitive pricing pressures, new product introductions by us or our
competitors and other factors. We expect that we will have to do so again in the
future.
    
 
                                       14

<PAGE>   16
 
   
WE HAVE A LENGTHY AND EXPENSIVE SALES CYCLE, WHICH DOES NOT ASSURE PRODUCT
SALES, AND WHICH IF UNSUCCESSFUL MAY HARM OUR OPERATING RESULTS.
    
 
   
     The sales cycle for our products is long and requires us to invest
significant resources with each potential customer without any assurance of
sales to that customer. Our sales cycle typically begins with a three to six
month evaluation and test period, also known as qualification, during which our
products undergo rigorous reliability testing by our customers. Qualification is
followed by a twelve to eighteen month development period by our customers and
an additional three to six month period before a customer commences volume
production of equipment incorporating our products. This lengthy sales cycle
creates the risk that our customer will decide to cancel or change product plans
for products incorporating our integrated circuits. During our sales cycle, our
engineers assist our customers in implementing our solutions into their product.
We incur significant research and development and selling, general and
administrative expenses as part of this process and we may never generate
related revenues. We derive revenue from this process only if our design is
selected. Once a customer selects a particular integrated circuit for use in a
data storage product, the customer generally uses solely that integrated circuit
for a full generation of its product. Therefore, if we do not achieve a design
win for a product we will be unable to sell our integrated circuit to our
customer until our customer develops a new product or a new generation of its
product. Even if we achieve a design win with a customer, our customer may not
ultimately ship products incorporating our products or may cancel orders after
we have achieved a sale. In addition, we will have to begin the qualification
process again when a customer develops a new generation of a product for which
we were the successful supplier.
    
 
   
     Also, during the final production of a mature product, our customers
typically exhaust their existing inventory of our integrated circuits.
Consequently, orders for our products may decline in those circumstances, even
if our products are incorporated into both our customer's mature and replacement
products. A delay in the customer's transition to commercial production of a
replacement product may cause them to lose sales, which would delay our ability
to recover the lost sales from the discontinued mature product. Also customers
may defer orders in anticipation of new products or product enhancements from us
or our competitors.
    
 
WE ARE SUBJECT TO THE CYCLICAL NATURE OF THE INTEGRATED CIRCUIT INDUSTRY. ANY
FUTURE DOWNTURNS WILL LIKELY REDUCE OUR REVENUE AND RESULT IN OUR HAVING EXCESS
INVENTORY.
 
     The integrated circuit industry is highly cyclical and is characterized by
constant and rapid technological change, rapid product obsolescence and price
erosion, evolving standards, short product life cycles and wide fluctuations in
product supply and demand. The industry has experienced significant downturns,
often connected with, or in anticipation of, maturing product cycles of both
integrated circuit companies' and their customers' products and declines in
general economic conditions. These downturns have been characterized by
diminished product demand, production overcapacity, high inventory levels and
accelerated erosion of average selling prices. Any future downturns will likely
reduce our revenue and result in our having excess inventory. Furthermore, any
upturn in the integrated circuit industry could result in increased competition
for access to third-party foundry, assembly and test capacity.
 
   
WE ARE DEPENDENT UPON THE HARD DISK DRIVE INDUSTRY, WHICH IS HIGHLY CYCLICAL AND
EXPERIENCES RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE.
    
 
   
     Prior to March, 2000, all of our sales were to customers in the hard disk
drive industry. The hard disk drive industry is intensely competitive and the
technology changes rapidly. As a result, this industry is highly cyclical, with
periods of increased demand and rapid growth followed by periods of oversupply
and subsequent contraction. These cycles may affect us as our customers are
suppliers to this industry. Hard disk drive manufacturers tend to order more
components than they may need during growth periods, and sharply reduce orders
for components during periods of contraction. In
    
 
                                       15

<PAGE>   17
 
addition, advances in existing technologies and the introduction of new
technologies may result in lower demand for disk drive storage devices, thereby
reducing demand for our products.
 
   
     Rapid technological changes in the hard disk drive industry often result in
significant and rapid shifts in market share among the industry's participants.
If the hard disk drive manufacturer supplied by our customers do not retain or
increase market share, our sales may decrease.
    
 
   
THE DEVELOPMENT AND EVOLUTION OF MARKETS FOR OUR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS ARE
DEPENDENT ON FACTORS, SUCH AS INDUSTRY STANDARDS, OVER WHICH WE HAVE NO CONTROL.
FOR EXAMPLE, IF OUR CUSTOMERS ADOPT NEW OR COMPETING INDUSTRY STANDARDS WITH
WHICH OUR PRODUCTS ARE NOT COMPATIBLE OR FAIL TO ADOPT STANDARDS WITH WHICH OUR
PRODUCTS ARE COMPATIBLE, OUR EXISTING PRODUCTS WOULD BECOME LESS DESIRABLE TO
OUR CUSTOMERS AND OUR SALES WOULD SUFFER.
    
 
   
     The emergence of markets for our integrated circuits is affected by a
variety of factors beyond our control. In particular, our products are designed
to conform to current specific industry standards. Our customers may not adopt
or continue to follow these standards, which would make our products less
desirable to our customers and reduce our sales. Also, competing standards may
emerge that are preferred by our customers, which could also reduce our sales
and require us to make significant expenditures to develop new products.
    
 
   
     We have made a significant investment in the development and production of
our Gigabit Ethernet products. However, the Gigabit Ethernet technology is
relatively new compared to the more established 10 and 100 megabits per second
Ethernet technologies. If the Gigabit Ethernet technology does not achieve
widespread market acceptance, our Gigabit Ethernet products may never be
profitable.
    
 
WE MAY BE UNABLE TO PROTECT OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY, WHICH WOULD NEGATIVELY
AFFECT OUR ABILITY TO COMPETE.
 
   
     We believe one of our key competitive advantages results from our
collection of proprietary technologies that we have developed since our
inception. If we fail to protect these intellectual property rights, competitors
could sell products based on technology that we have developed, which could harm
our competitive position and decrease our revenues. We believe that the
protection of our intellectual property rights is and will continue to be
important to the success of our business. We rely on a combination of patent,
copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as nondisclosure agreements
and other methods, to protect our proprietary technologies. We also enter into
confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, consultants and
business partners, and control access to and distribution of our documentation
and other proprietary information. As of April 30, 2000, we had been issued nine
United States patents and had a number of pending United States patent
applications. However, a patent may not be issued as a result of any
applications or, if issued, claims allowed may not be sufficiently broad to
protect our technology. In addition, it is possible that existing or future
patents may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. Despite our efforts,
unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain and use our
products or proprietary technology. Monitoring unauthorized use of our
technology is difficult, and the steps that we have taken may not prevent
unauthorized use of our technology, particularly in foreign countries where the
laws may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States.
    
 
SIGNIFICANT LITIGATION OVER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY IN OUR INDUSTRY MAY CAUSE US
TO BECOME INVOLVED IN COSTLY AND LENGTHY LITIGATION, WHICH COULD SUBJECT US TO
LIABILITY, REQUIRE US TO STOP SELLING OUR PRODUCTS OR FORCE US TO REDESIGN OUR
PRODUCTS.
 
   
     Litigation involving patents and other intellectual property is widespread
in the high-technology industry and is particularly prevalent in the integrated
circuit industry, where a number of companies aggressively bring numerous
infringement claims to protect their patent portfolios. We may become a party to
litigation in the future either to protect our intellectual property or as a
result of an alleged
    
 
                                       16

<PAGE>   18
 
infringement of others' intellectual property. These lawsuits could subject us
to significant liability for damages and invalidate our proprietary rights.
These lawsuits, regardless of their success, would likely be time-consuming and
expensive to resolve and would divert management time and attention. Any
potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do one or more
of the following:
 
      - stop selling products or using technology that contain the allegedly
        infringing intellectual property;
 
      - pay damages to the party claiming infringement;
 
      - attempt to obtain a license to the relevant intellectual property, which
        license may not be available on reasonable terms or at all; and
 
      - attempt to redesign those products that contain the allegedly infringing
        intellectual property.
 
                         RISKS RELATED TO THIS OFFERING
 
WE ARE INCORPORATED IN BERMUDA, AND, AS A RESULT, IT MAY NOT BE POSSIBLE FOR
SHAREHOLDERS TO ENFORCE CIVIL LIABILITY PROVISIONS OF THE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE
UNITED STATES.
 
   
     We are organized under the laws of Bermuda. As a result, it may not be
possible for our shareholders to effect service of process within the United
States upon us, or to enforce against us in United States courts judgments based
on the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States.
Our executive officers and directors are all residents of the United States.
However, there is significant doubt as to whether the courts of Bermuda would
recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or
our directors or officers based on the civil liabilities provisions of the
securities laws of the United States or any state or hear actions brought in
Bermuda against us or those persons based on those laws. We have been advised by
our legal advisor in Bermuda, Conyers, Dill & Pearman, that the United States
and Bermuda do not currently have a treaty providing for the reciprocal
recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters.
Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or
state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not based
solely on United States federal or state securities laws, would not be
automatically enforceable in Bermuda.
    
 
   
     OUR BYE-LAWS CONTAIN A WAIVER OF CLAIMS OR RIGHTS OF ACTION BY OUR
SHAREHOLDERS AGAINST OUR OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS, WHICH WILL SEVERELY LIMIT YOUR
RIGHT TO ASSERT A CLAIM AGAINST OUR OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS UNDER BERMUDA LAW.
    
 
   
     Our Bye-laws contain a broad waiver by our shareholders of any claim or
right of action, individually or on behalf of the Company, against any of our
officers and directors. The waiver applies to any action taken by an officer or
director, or the failure of an officer or director to take any action, in the
performance of his or her duties with or for us, other than with respect to any
matter involving any fraud or dishonesty on the part of such officer or
director. This waiver will limit your right to assert claims against our
officers and directors unless the act complained of involves actual fraud or
dishonesty. Thus, so long as acts of business judgment do not involve actual
fraud or dishonesty, they will not be subject to shareholder claims under
Bermuda law. For example, shareholders will not have claims against officers and
directors for a breach of trust, unless the breach rises to the level of actual
fraud or dishonesty.
    
 
BERMUDA LAW DIFFERS FROM THE LAWS IN EFFECT IN THE UNITED STATES AND MAY AFFORD
LESS PROTECTION TO SHAREHOLDERS.
 
   
     Our shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests
than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction of the
United States. We are a Bermuda company and, accordingly, are governed by The
Companies Act, 1981 of Bermuda. The Companies Act, 1981 of Bermuda differs in
material respects from laws applicable to United States corporations and
    
 
                                       17

<PAGE>   19
 
   
shareholders, including the provisions relating to interested directors, mergers
and similar arrangements, takeovers, shareholder lawsuits, indemnification of
directors and inspection of corporate records. Further information on the
differences between the laws of Bermuda and the United States are described in
this prospectus under the heading "Certain Foreign Issuer Considerations".
    
 
   
TAX BENEFITS WE RECEIVE MAY BE TERMINATED OR REDUCED IN THE FUTURE, WHICH WOULD
INCREASE OUR COSTS.
    
 
   
     We will be subject to United States federal income tax at regular corporate
rates and to United States branch profits tax on our income that is effectively
connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States. We
intend to conduct our business so as to limit the amount of our income that is
United States effectively connected income. As an example, we have developed
sales offices in Singapore and Japan that handle foreign sales activities. The
Internal Revenue Service may not agree with our past or future positions as to
the amount of effectively connected income that we earn. A disallowance of our
positions could subject us to significant liabilities for back taxes and
interest. We currently accrue for taxes at a rate of 25%. We expect to pay taxes
at an effective tax rate of approximately 5%. The maximum federal income tax
rate is 35% and the branch profits tax rate is 30%. We have filed federal income
tax returns since 1996. The Internal Revenue Service examined our 1996 United
States federal income tax return and made no adjustment; however, we had losses
for that year. Dividends from our United States subsidiary will be subject to a
30% United States withholding tax. We do not anticipate paying any such
dividends in the foreseeable future.
    
 
   
     The Economic Development Board of Singapore has informed us that it intends
to recommend us for pioneer status. We believe that we will shortly receive
official approval of pioneer status for a period of at least six years,
commencing July 1, 1999. As a result, we anticipate that a significant portion
of the income we earn in Singapore during this period will be exempt from the
26% Singapore tax rate. We are required to meet several requirements as to
investment, headcount and activities in Singapore to retain this status. If we
do not receive pioneer status or if our status is terminated early, our
financial results could be harmed.
    
 
     Under current Bermuda law, we are not subject to tax on our income or
capital gains. We have obtained from the Minister of Finance of Bermuda under
the Exempt Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966, as amended, an undertaking
that, in the event that Bermuda enacts any legislation imposing tax computed on
income or capital gains, those taxes should not apply to us until March 28,
2016. However, this exemption may not be extended beyond this date.
 
   
IF WE ARE CLASSIFIED AS A PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANY, OUR SHAREHOLDERS
MAY SUFFER ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES.
    
 
     Because we are incorporated in Bermuda and have operations in the United
States and Singapore, we are subject to special rules and regulations, including
rules regarding passive foreign investment company or PFIC. We believe that we
are not a PFIC, and we expect to continue to manage our affairs so that we will
not become a PFIC. However, whether we should be treated as a PFIC is a factual
determination that is made annually and is subject to change. If we are
classified as a PFIC, then each United States holder of our common stock would,
upon qualifying distributions by us or upon the pledge or sale of their shares
of common stock at a gain, be liable to pay tax at the then prevailing rates on
ordinary income plus an interest charge, generally as if the distribution or
gain had been earned ratably over the shareholder's holding period. In addition
to the risks related to PFIC status, we and our shareholders could also suffer
adverse tax consequences if we are classified as a foreign personal holding
company, a personal holding company or a controlled foreign corporation, each of
which is described in this prospectus under the heading "Taxation".
 
                                       18

<PAGE>   20
 
EXISTING SHAREHOLDERS OWN A LARGE PERCENTAGE OF OUR VOTING STOCK, AND THREE
EXISTING DIRECTORS, WHO ARE ALSO SIGNIFICANT SHAREHOLDERS, ARE RELATED BY BLOOD
OR MARRIAGE. THESE FACTORS MAY ALLOW THE EXISTING SHAREHOLDERS OR THE THREE
RELATED DIRECTORS TO CONTROL THE ELECTION OF DIRECTORS AND THE APPROVAL OR
DISAPPROVAL OF SIGNIFICANT CORPORATE ACTIONS FOLLOWING THIS OFFERING.
 
   
     Immediately after this offering, we anticipate that our executive officers,
directors and other principal shareholders will beneficially own or control,
directly or indirectly, approximately 66% of the outstanding shares of common
stock. Additionally, Sehat Sutardja and Weili Dai are husband and wife and Sehat
Sutardja and Pantas Sutardja are brothers. All three are directors and together
they will hold approximately 44% of our outstanding common stock after the
completion of this offering. As a result, if the existing shareholders or any of
Sehat Sutardja, Pantas Sutardja and Weili Dai act together, they will
significantly influence, and will likely control, the election of our directors
and approval or disapproval of our significant corporate actions. This influence
over our affairs might be adverse to the interests of other shareholders. In
addition, the voting power of these shareholders or directors could have the
effect of delaying or preventing an acquisition of our company on terms that
other shareholders may desire.
    
 
   
     We have been informed by Conyers Dill & Pearman, our Bermuda counsel, that
under Bermuda law majority shareholders have no fiduciary duties to minority
shareholders. As a result, the minority shareholders will not have a direct
claim against the majority shareholders in the event the majority shareholders
take actions that damage the interests of minority shareholders.
    
 
OUR COMMON STOCK HAS NOT BEEN PUBLICLY TRADED, AND WE EXPECT THAT THE PRICE OF
OUR STOCK MAY FLUCTUATE SUBSTANTIALLY.
 
   
     Recently, the stock prices of technology companies similar to Marvell have
been quite volatile. Moreover, prior to this offering, there has been no public
market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be
determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us. If you purchase
shares of common stock, you may not be able to resell your shares at or above
the initial offering price. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate
significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our
control and are difficult or impossible to forecast, including the following:
    
 
   
      - actual or anticipated fluctuations in our sales and operating results;
    
 
      - changes in recommendations or financial estimates by securities analysts
        or our failure to perform in line with such estimates;
 
      - changes in market valuations of other technology companies, particularly
        those that design, manufacture and/or sell integrated circuits;
 
      - announcements by us or our competitors of significant technical
        innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or
        capital commitments;
 
      - introduction of technologies or product enhancements that reduce the
        need for our products;
 
   
      - departures of key personnel; and
    
 
      - sales of our common stock in the future.
 
   
CLASS ACTION LITIGATION DUE TO STOCK PRICE VOLATILITY COULD CAUSE US TO INCUR
SUBSTANTIAL COSTS AND DIVERT OUR MANAGEMENT'S ATTENTION AND RESOURCES.
    
 
     In the past, securities class action litigation often has been brought
against a company following periods of volatility in the market price of its
securities. Companies in the integrated circuit industry and other technology
industries are particularly vulnerable to this kind of litigation due to the
high volatility of their stock prices. Accordingly, we may in the future be the
target of securities litigation.
 
                                       19

<PAGE>   21
 
Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and could divert our
management's attention and resources.
 
FUTURE SALES OF OUR COMMON STOCK IN THE PUBLIC MARKET MAY DEPRESS OUR STOCK
PRICE.
 
   
     After this offering, we will have outstanding 82,211,425 shares of common
stock. Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public
market following this offering could cause our stock price to decline.
Substantially all the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable. Of
the remaining 76,211,425 shares of common stock outstanding after this offering,
approximately                shares will be subject to lock-up agreements with
the underwriters ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, but will
then be eligible for sale in the public market. The remaining
shares will become freely tradable at various times after the date of this
prospectus. Goldman, Sachs & Co. can waive the restrictions of the lock-up
agreements at an earlier time without prior notice or announcement and allow
shareholders to sell their shares. As restrictions on resale end, the market
price of our stock could drop significantly if the holders of restricted shares
sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. In addition,
the sale of these shares could impair our ability to raise capital through the
sale of additional stock.
    
 
WE INTEND TO ADOPT PROVISIONS IN OUR BYE-LAWS THAT COULD DELAY OR PREVENT A
CHANGE IN CORPORATE CONTROL, EVEN IF THE CHANGE IN CORPORATE CONTROL WOULD
BENEFIT OUR SHAREHOLDERS.
 
   
     At our annual general meeting of shareholders in May 2000, we intend to
seek the approval of our shareholders of an amendment and restatement of our
Bye-laws, which would include the adoption of change in corporate control
provisions. These change in corporate control provisions would include:
    
 
      - authorizing the issuance of preferred stock without shareholder
        approval;
 
      - providing for a classified board of directors with staggered, three-year
        terms;
 
      - prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors; and
 
      - requiring two-thirds of the outstanding shares to approve amendments to
        some provisions of our Bye-laws.
 
     The adoption of these change in corporate control provisions could make it
more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be a
benefit to our shareholders.
 
                                       20

<PAGE>   22
 
               SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
     In this prospectus we have made statements under the headings "Prospectus
Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations," "Business" and in other sections that are
forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify these statements by
forward-looking words such as "may," "might," "will," "should," "intends,"
"expects," "plans," "anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "predicts,"
"projects," "potential" or "continue," the negative of these terms and other
comparable expressions. These forward-looking statements, which are subject to
risks, uncertainties, and assumptions about us, may include, among other things,
projections of our future financial performance, our anticipated growth
strategies, anticipated product introductions and anticipated trends in our
business. These statements are only predictions based on our current
expectations and projections about future events. Because these forward-looking
statements involve risks and uncertainties, there are important factors that
could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements
to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or
achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements, including
those factors discussed under the heading "Risk Factors". You should
specifically consider the numerous risks described under the heading "Risk
Factors".
 
                                       21

<PAGE>   23
 

                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
     The net proceeds to us from the sale of the 6,000,000 shares of common
stock offered by us will be approximately $54.3 million, or approximately $62.6
million if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised
in full. The amount of net proceeds has been calculated based on an assumed
initial public offering price of $10.00 per share and after deducting an assumed
underwriting discount and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. The
primary purposes of this offering are to obtain additional equity capital,
create a public market for our common stock and facilitate future access to
public markets.
    
 
     We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering primarily for general
corporate purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures. We may
use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to acquire or invest in
businesses, technologies or services that are complementary to our existing
business. However, we have no present plans or commitments and are not engaged
in any negotiations with respect to any material transactions of this type.
Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term,
investment-grade, interest-bearing securities, certificates of deposit or
guaranteed obligations of the United States.
 

                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We
currently expect to retain earnings, if any, to finance the growth and
development of our business. Therefore, we do not anticipate declaring or paying
cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. The decision
whether to pay dividends will be made by our Board of Directors from time to
time in light of conditions then existing including, among other things, our
results of operations, financial condition and anticipated cash requirements.
Our loan agreement with our bank contains restrictions on the payment of
dividends.
 
                                       22

<PAGE>   24
 

                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
     The following table sets forth our capitalization as of January 31, 2000:
 
      - on an actual basis;
 
   
      - on a pro forma basis giving effect to the automatic conversion of all
        outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock, resulting in
        the issuance of 26,439,500 shares of common stock upon the closing of
        this offering; and
    
 
   
      - on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the sale of 6,000,000 shares
        of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering
        price of $10.00 per share, after deducting an assumed underwriting
        discount and the estimated offering expenses payable by us and the
        application of the net proceeds from the offering.
    
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       JANUARY 31, 2000
                                                              ----------------------------------
                                                                                      PRO FORMA
                                                               ACTUAL    PRO FORMA   AS ADJUSTED
                                                              --------   ---------   -----------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>         <C>
Capital lease obligations, less current portion.............  $     36   $     36     $     36
Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock,
  $0.002 par value, 8,000,000 shares authorized, 6,609,875
     shares issued and outstanding, actual; 8,000,000
     authorized, none issued and outstanding pro forma and
     pro forma as adjusted..................................    22,353         --           --
Shareholders' equity:
  Common stock, $0.002 par value; 242,000,000 shares
     authorized, 48,931,560 shares issued and outstanding,
     actual; 242,000,000 shares authorized, 75,371,060
     shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 242,000,000
     shares authorized, 81,371,060 shares issued and
     outstanding, pro forma as adjusted.....................        98        151          163
  Additional paid-in capital................................    17,580     39,880       94,143
  Deferred stock-based compensation.........................   (11,897)   (11,897)     (11,897)
  Retained earnings.........................................     2,159      2,159        2,159
                                                              --------   --------     --------
     Total shareholders' equity.............................     7,940     30,293       84,568
                                                              --------   --------     --------
          Total capitalization..............................  $ 30,329   $ 30,329     $ 84,604
                                                              ========   ========     ========
</TABLE>

    
 
     This information should be read in conjunction with our financial
statements and the notes relating to those statements appearing elsewhere in
this prospectus.
---------------
 
     The number of shares of common stock outstanding set forth in the table
above excludes the following:
 
      - 12,385,924 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock
        options, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.87 per share;
 
   
      - 180,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase
        common stock that at the closing of this offering will be issued to
        replace a warrant to purchase 45,000 shares of Series D preferred stock;
    
 
   
      - 60,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of an outstanding warrant to
        purchase common stock;
    
 
   
      - 365,412 shares issuable upon the automatic conversion of Series D
        preferred stock that we expect to issue upon the exercise of warrants
        that would otherwise expire upon the closing of this offering;
    
 
      - 5,082,520 shares available for future issuance under our 1995 Stock
        Option Plan and 1997 Directors' Stock Option Plan; and
 
   
      - 1,152,250 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock
        options, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.00 per share,
        granted subsequent to January 31, 2000 and through April 30, 2000.
    
 
                                       23

<PAGE>   25
 
                                    DILUTION
 
   
     As of January 31, 2000, our pro forma net tangible book value was
approximately $30,293,000, or $0.40 per share of common stock. Pro forma net
tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets
less total liabilities, divided by 75,371,060 shares of common stock outstanding
giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock
into shares of common stock upon completion of this offering. Dilution in net
tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per
share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering and the
net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this
offering.
    
 
   
     Purchasers of common stock in this offering will experience immediate
dilution. Without taking into account any changes in net tangible book value
after January 31, 2000, other than to give effect to the sale of the shares of
common stock offered by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $10.00
per share, and after deducting an assumed underwriting discount and estimated
offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value as of
January 31, 2000 would have been approximately $84,568,000 or $1.04 per share of
common stock. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net
tangible book value of $0.64 per share to the existing shareholders and an
immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $8.96 per share to
new investors purchasing shares in this offering. If the initial public offering
price is higher or lower, the dilution to new investors will be greater or less.
The following table illustrates the dilution in pro forma net tangible book
value per share to new investors.
    
 
   

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.............           $10.00
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of January
     31, 2000...............................................  $ 0.40
  Increase per share attributable to new investors..........    0.64
                                                              ------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this
  offering..................................................             1.04
                                                                       ------
Dilution per share to new investors.........................           $ 8.96
                                                                       ======
</TABLE>

    
 
     The following table summarizes as of January 31, 2000, on the pro forma
basis described above, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us,
the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by
existing shareholders and by new investors purchasing shares of common stock in
this offering, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and the
estimated offering expenses:
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        SHARES PURCHASED       TOTAL CONSIDERATION    AVERAGE PRICE
                                      --------------------    ---------------------   -------------
                                        NUMBER     PERCENT      AMOUNT      PERCENT     PER SHARE
                                      ----------   -------    -----------   -------   -------------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>       <C>
Existing shareholders...............  75,371,060     92.6%    $26,605,000     30.7%      $ 0.35
New investors.......................   6,000,000      7.4      60,000,000     69.3       $10.00
                                      ----------    -----     -----------    -----
  Total.............................  81,371,060    100.0%    $86,605,000    100.0%
                                      ==========    =====     ===========    =====
</TABLE>

    
 
     The above information excludes:
 
     - 12,385,924 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock
       options, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.87 per share;
 
   
     - 180,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase common
       stock that at the closing of this offering will be issued to replace a
       warrant to purchase 45,000 shares of Series D preferred stock;
    
 
   
     - 60,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of an outstanding warrant to
       purchase common stock;
    
 
   
     - 365,412 shares issuable upon the automatic conversion of Series D
       preferred stock that we expect to issue upon the exercise of warrants
       that would otherwise expire upon the closing of this offering;
    
 
     - 5,082,520 shares available for future issuance under our 1995 Stock
       Option Plan and 1997 Directors' Stock Option Plan; and
 
                                       24

<PAGE>   26
 
   
     - 1,152,250 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options,
       at a weighted average exercise price of $5.00 per share, granted
       subsequent to January 31, 2000 and through April 30, 2000.
    
 
   
To the extent any of these options is exercised, there will be further dilution
to new investors. Assuming the exercise of all outstanding options and warrants
as of January 31, 2000, our pro forma net tangible book value at January 31,
2000 would have been $41,750,000, or $0.47 per share. Without taking into
account any changes in net tangible book value after January 31, 2000, other
than to give effect to the sale of the shares of common stock offered by us at
an assumed initial public offering price of $10.00 per share, and after
deducting an assumed underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses
payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value as of January 31, 2000
would have been approximately $96,025,000 or $1.02 per share of common stock.
This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book
value of $0.55 per share to the existing shareholders and an immediate dilution
in pro forma net tangible book value of $8.98 per share to new investors
purchasing shares in this offering.
    
 
                                       25

<PAGE>   27
 

                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in
conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, our consolidated financial
statements and related notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" appearing elsewhere in this
prospectus. The statements of operations data for the years ended January 31,
1998, 1999 and 2000, and the balance sheet data as of January 31, 1999 and 2000,
are derived from, and are qualified by reference to, our audited consolidated
financial statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
statements of operations data for the years ended January 31, 1996 and 1997, and
the balance sheet data as of January 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 are derived from
financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The historical
results presented below are not necessarily indicative of future results. See
Note 1 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation
of the determination of the number of shares used to compute per share amounts.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                 ---------------------------------------------------
                                                  1996       1997       1998       1999       2000
                                                 -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net revenue....................................  $   210    $   190    $   625    $21,253    $81,375
Cost of product revenue........................       --         --        312     10,103     33,773
                                                 -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
Gross profit...................................      210        190        313     11,150     47,602
Operating expenses:
  Research and development.....................      480      1,350      5,018      5,837     14,452
  Marketing and selling........................       12        618      1,671      4,631     10,436
  General and administrative...................       92        468      1,028      1,190      3,443
  Amortization of stock compensation...........       --         --         --         42      2,175
                                                 -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
    Total operating expenses...................      584      2,436      7,717     11,700     30,506
                                                 -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
Operating income (loss)........................     (374)    (2,246)    (7,404)      (550)    17,096
Interest income................................       22         96        170        175        486
Interest expense...............................       (3)        (2)      (164)      (101)      (156)
                                                 -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
Income (loss) before income taxes..............     (355)    (2,152)    (7,398)      (476)    17,426
Provision for income taxes.....................       --          1         46        483      4,356
                                                 -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
Net income (loss)..............................  $  (355)   $(2,153)   $(7,444)   $  (959)   $13,070
                                                 =======    =======    =======    =======    =======
Basic net income (loss) per share..............  $ (0.02)   $ (0.08)   $ (0.24)   $ (0.03)   $  0.32
Diluted net income (loss) per share............  $ (0.02)   $ (0.08)   $ (0.24)   $ (0.03)   $  0.16
Shares used in computing basic net income
  (loss) per share.............................   20,738     25,593     30,436     32,470     41,094
Shares used in computing diluted net income
  (loss) per share.............................   20,738     25,593     30,436     32,470     81,545
Pro forma basic net income per share...........                                              $  0.20
Pro forma diluted net income per share.........                                              $  0.16
Shares used in computing pro forma basic net
  income per share.............................                                               66,157
Shares used in computing pro forma diluted net
  income per share.............................                                               81,545
</TABLE>

 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    AS OF JANUARY 31,
                                                     ------------------------------------------------
                                                      1996      1997      1998      1999       2000
                                                     ------    ------    ------    -------    -------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                  <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents..........................  $1,264    $4,763    $3,307    $ 5,515    $16,600
Working capital....................................   1,188     4,426     2,682      6,865     22,611
Total assets.......................................   1,364     5,267     5,291     16,563     46,500
Notes payable to bank and capital lease
  obligations, less current portion................      30        --        21        897         36
Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred
  stock............................................   1,383     7,176    13,465     17,524     22,353
Total shareholders' equity (deficit)...............    (126)   (2,289)   (9,578)    (9,350)     7,940
</TABLE>

 
                                       26

<PAGE>   28
 

                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. Our actual results may differ significantly from the results
discussed in these forward-looking statements. We assume no obligation to update
the forward-looking statements or such risk factors. Our fiscal year-end
financial reporting periods end on the Saturday closest to January 31st. For
purposes of presentation, we have indicated our fiscal year as ending on January
31.
 
OVERVIEW
 
   
     We design, develop and market integrated circuits for the
communications-related markets of high speed, high density data storage and
broadband data communications. We were founded in 1995, and our business has
grown rapidly since our inception. We are a fabless integrated circuit company,
which means that we rely on independent, third-party contractors to perform
manufacturing, assembly and test functions. This approach allows us to focus on
designing, developing and marketing our products and significantly reduces the
amount of capital we need to invest in manufacturing products.
    
 
   
     From January 1995 until early calendar 1998, we were in a development stage
and engaged primarily in research and development. To develop our business
quickly, we initially focused our efforts on applying our core technology to
develop products for the data storage market. All our product revenues from
inception through February 2000 were derived from sales of our read channel and
preamplifier products to customers in the data storage market.
    
 
   
     We began shipping our first generation read channel products in volume in
June 1998. We began volume shipments of preamplifier products in June 1999. Read
channels have historically accounted for more than 85% of our quarterly sales
and virtually all of the balance has been derived from sales of preamplifier
products. We expect to remain dependent on continued sales of read channel and
preamplifier products for a majority of our revenue until we are able to
diversify revenue through the addition of new products. We have introduced two
new generations of read channel products and one new generation of preamplifier
products since we first started shipping read channel and preamplifier products.
    
 
   
     The data storage market is highly competitive and is dominated by a small
number of large companies, including Seagate, Quantum, Western Digital, Samsung,
Hitachi, Fujitsu and Toshiba. These companies have historically experienced
marginal profit levels from sales of their data storage products and are under
enormous pricing pressure from their customers, which they typically pass
through to their integrated circuit suppliers.
    
 
   
     We have achieved successive quarterly growth in revenues and profitability
in fiscal 2000 from sales of our data storage products. However, the data
storage industry is an old, matured industry with rapidly declining average
selling prices, short product life cycles and cyclical nature of demand for its
products. We were able to penetrate this market by offering integrated circuits
we believe were more technologically advanced than our competitors. However, we
believe this market offers limited opportunities for continued future growth in
revenues and profitability. We believe that the data communications sector is an
emerging market which we believe offers greater opportunities for growth.
    
 
   
     In December 1999, we introduced our first generation product for Fast
Ethernet applications, which began shipping and generating revenue in March
2000. In March 2000, we introduced another product for Fast Ethernet
applications, which customers are now sampling. We expect to introduce
additional broadband data communications products during calendar year 2000. Our
future broadband data communications revenue will depend upon completion of our
product development and acceptance by our customers.
    
 
                                       27

<PAGE>   29
 
   
     We recognize product revenue upon shipment of our products to customers,
net of accruals for estimated sales returns and allowances. We have not
experienced any significant sales returns from customers to date. Substantially
all of our sales have been generated through our direct sales force. In March
2000, we entered into our first distribution agreement to support our sales and
marketing activities in the broadband data communications market, and we plan to
enter into other distribution agreements during calendar year 2000. We defer
recognition of product revenue on sales made through a distributor until the
distributor sells our product to its customer.
    
 
     Historically, a relatively small number of customers have accounted for a
significant portion of our revenue. Our top five customers accounted for 90%,
99% and 98% of our revenue for the years ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000.
We anticipate that sales to distributors will increase as a percentage of our
revenue in future periods. However, we expect to continue to experience
significant customer concentration from direct sales to key customers.
 
     In addition, a significant portion of our products is sold to customers
overseas. Sales to customers in Asia accounted for 99% of our revenue in each of
the years ended January 31, 1999 and 2000. Because many manufacturers and
subcontractors of data storage and broadband data communications devices are
located in Asia, we expect that a majority of our revenue will continue to be
represented by sales to customers in that region. All of our sales have been
denominated in U.S. dollars.
 
     Our sales have historically been made on the basis of purchase orders
rather than long-term agreements. In addition, the sales cycle for our products
is long, which may cause us to experience a delay between the time we incur
expenses and the time we generate revenue from these expenditures. We expect to
increase our research and development, marketing and selling, and general and
administrative expenditures as we seek to expand our operations. We anticipate
the rate of new orders may vary significantly from quarter to quarter.
Consequently, if anticipated sales and shipments in any quarter do not occur
when expected, expenses and inventory levels could be disproportionately high,
seriously harming our operating results for that quarter and, potentially,
future quarters.
 
   
     We will incur substantial stock compensation expense in future periods
which represents non-cash charges incurred as a result of the issuance of stock
options to employees and directors. These charges are recorded based on the
difference between the deemed fair value of the common stock and the option
exercise price of such options at the date of grant and are amortized under an
accelerated method over the option vesting period. At January 31, 2000, the
amount of the deferred charge to be amortized over future periods was $11.9
million. We will incur an additional deferred charge of $5.8 million for options
granted subsequent to January 31, 2000 and through February 29, 2000 to be
amortized in future periods. Of the aggregate $17.8 million remaining to be
amortized, $8.2 million is expected to be charged in fiscal 2001, $4.7 million
in fiscal 2002, $2.7 million in fiscal 2003 and the balance in future years.
    
 
   
     We have accrued income taxes at an effective tax rate of 25% since
achieving consolidated profitability in fiscal 2000. The difference between this
rate and the federal tax rate of 35% is due to the lower tax rates imposed on
our operations in Bermuda and Singapore and to the benefits realized from
research and development credits in the United States. Our operations in
Singapore are subject to a statutory tax rate of 26%. The Economic Development
Board of Singapore has informed us that it intends to recommend us for pioneer
status. We believe that we will shortly receive official approval of pioneer
status for a period of at least six years, commencing July 1, 1999. As a result,
we currently believe that approximately 60% of our Singapore profits will not be
subject to tax prior to July 31, 2005. During the year ended January 31, 2000,
Singapore profits represented approximately 6% of our total income before taxes.
This percentage will fluctuate from period to period depending upon the relative
growth of our Singapore operations as compared to our overall operations. We
have an undertaking from the government of Bermuda that we will not be subject
to tax on our income and capital gains in Bermuda until March 28, 2016.
    
 
                                       28

<PAGE>   30
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following table sets forth the statements of operations data expressed
as a percentage of net revenue for the periods indicated.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                          -------------------------
                                                           1998      1999     2000
                                                          -------    -----    -----
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>      <C>
Net revenue.............................................    100.0%   100.0%   100.0%
Cost of product revenue.................................     49.9     47.5     41.5
                                                          -------    -----    -----
Gross profit............................................     50.1     52.5     58.5
Operating expenses:
  Research and development..............................    802.9     27.5     17.8
  Marketing and selling.................................    267.4     21.8     12.8
  General and administrative............................    164.5      5.6      4.2
  Amortization of stock compensation....................       --      0.2      2.7
                                                          -------    -----    -----
       Total operating expenses.........................   1234.8     55.1     37.5
                                                          -------    -----    -----
Operating income (loss).................................  (1184.7)    (2.6)    21.0
Interest income.........................................     27.2      0.8      0.6
Interest expense........................................    (26.2)    (0.5)    (0.2)
                                                          -------    -----    -----
Income (loss) before income taxes.......................  (1183.7)    (2.3)    21.4
Provision for income taxes..............................     (7.4)    (2.3)    (5.4)
                                                          -------    -----    -----
Net income (loss).......................................  (1191.1)%   (4.6)%  16.0%
                                                          =======    =====    =====
</TABLE>

 
YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31, 1998, 1999 AND 2000
 
   
     NET REVENUE. We recognize revenue upon shipment of product to our
customers, net of accruals for estimated sales returns and allowances. Net
revenue increased from $625,000 in fiscal 1998 to $21.3 million in fiscal 1999,
and to $81.4 million in fiscal 2000. Fiscal 1998 revenue included approximately
$197,000 of revenue derived from a research and development contract. Revenue in
fiscal 1999 reflects commencement of volume shipments of our read channel
products. Revenue increased from fiscal 1999 to fiscal 2000 primarily as a
result of continued market acceptance of our read channel products and
commencement of volume shipment of our preamplifier products. Although average
selling prices declined by approximately 20% from fiscal 1999 to fiscal 2000,
the volume of units shipped increased from approximately 5.1 million units in
fiscal 1999 to 24.9 million units in fiscal 2000. Sales of read channel products
increased from $21.2 million in fiscal 1999 to $76.0 million in fiscal 2000,
while sales of preamplifier products increased from $8,000 in fiscal 1999 to
$5.4 million in fiscal 2000. We expect that the rate of growth of our revenue
from sales of data storage products will be considerably lower in fiscal 2001
than the rate of growth we experienced in fiscal 1999 and fiscal 2000.
    
 
   
     COST OF PRODUCT REVENUE. Cost of product revenue consists primarily of the
costs of manufacturing, assembly and test of our integrated circuit devices and
related overhead costs, and compensation and associated costs related to
manufacturing support, logistics and quality assurance personnel. Gross profit,
which equals product revenue, excluding $197,000 in revenue for the year ended
January 31, 1998 related to a research and development contract, less cost of
product revenue, as a percentage of revenue, increased from 27.1% in fiscal
1998, to 52.5% in fiscal 1999, and to 58.5% in fiscal 2000. The increase in
gross profit in fiscal 1999 was primarily due to the substantial increase in
sales from $625,000 in fiscal 1998 to $21.3 million in fiscal 1999. The increase
in gross profit in fiscal 2000 was primarily due to the substantial increase in
sales from $21.3 million in fiscal 1999 to $81.4 million in fiscal 2000, and a
reduction in product costs per unit in fiscal 2000 of approximately 15%. We
expect our gross profit to decrease as a percentage of revenue due to increased
pricing pressures from our customers as well as from our competitors and due to
potential cost increases resulting from limited foundry capacity.
    
 
                                       29

<PAGE>   31
 
     Product costs per unit declined in fiscal 2000 due to a general decrease in
the prices charged by contract manufacturers of integrated circuits because of
the availability of capacity within the integrated circuit manufacturing
industry, as well as improvements in the manufacturing yields achieved through
the third quarter of fiscal 2000. We experienced a decline in our yields in the
fourth quarter of fiscal 2000 due to the initial production ramp up of our
newest, more complex, read channel products.
 
   
     RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT. Research and development expense consists
primarily of compensation and associated costs relating to development
personnel, prototype costs, depreciation expenses and allocated occupancy costs
for these operations. Research and development expense was $5.0 million, or
802.9% of revenue, for fiscal 1998, $5.8 million, or 27.5% of revenue, for
fiscal 1999, and $14.5 million, or 17.8% of revenue, for fiscal 2000. The fiscal
1999 to fiscal 2000 increases in absolute dollars were primarily due to
increases of $3.6 million for the hiring of additional development personnel,
$813,000 for prototype wafer costs and services, $593,000 for mask and reticle
costs and $537,000 for depreciation expense arising from significant purchases
of computer aided design software tools. We expect that research and development
expense will increase substantially in absolute dollars in future periods and as
a percentage of revenue in fiscal 2001 as we develop new products, engage in
other product development initiatives and increase our number of research and
development personnel.
    
 
   
     MARKETING AND SELLING. Marketing and selling expense consists primarily of
compensation and associated costs relating to marketing and selling personnel,
sales commissions to independent sales representatives, promotional and other
marketing expenses, and allocated occupancy costs for these operations.
Marketing and selling expense was $1.7 million, or 267.4% of revenue, for fiscal
1998, $4.6 million or 21.8% of revenue, for fiscal 1999, and $10.4 million, or
12.8% of revenue, for fiscal 2000. The year-to-year increases in absolute
dollars were due primarily to the hiring of additional personnel and a resulting
increase in salary and related costs of approximately $2.3 million from fiscal
1999 to fiscal 2000, increased sales commissions of approximately $1.8 million
from fiscal 1999 to fiscal 2000, and increased costs of approximately $627,000
from fiscal 1999 to fiscal 2000 related to expanding our sales and marketing
activities as we broadened our customer and product base. We expect that
marketing and selling expense will increase substantially in absolute dollars
and as a percentage of revenue in fiscal 2001 as we hire additional personnel,
expand our sales and marketing efforts, particularly in broadband data
communications, and pay increased sales commissions.
    
 
   
     GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE. General and administrative expense consists
primarily of compensation and associated costs relating to general and
administrative personnel, professional fees and allocated occupancy costs for
these operations. General and administrative expense was $1.0 million, or 164.5%
of revenue, for fiscal 1998, $1.2 million, or 5.6% of revenue, for fiscal 1999,
and $3.4 million or 4.2% of revenue, for fiscal 2000. The year-to-year increases
in absolute dollars were due primarily to the hiring of additional personnel and
a resulting increase in salary and related costs of approximately $1.6 million
from fiscal 1999 to fiscal 2000, and increased legal, accounting and consulting
fees of approximately $403,000 from fiscal 1999 to fiscal 2000. We expect that
general and administrative expense will continue to increase in absolute dollars
as we hire additional personnel and incur costs associated with being a public
company. We also expect our consulting expenses to increase as a result of post
implementation support costs associated with our new enterprise resource
planning system which is currently being installed. We expect general and
administrative expense to fluctuate as a percentage of revenue due to changes in
our sales volume and the fluctuating use of consultants for post implementation
support associated with our enterprise resource planning system.
    
 
     AMORTIZATION OF STOCK COMPENSATION. In connection with the grant of stock
options to our employees and directors, we recorded deferred stock compensation
of approximately $14.1 million, which is being amortized under the accelerated
method over the option vesting period. Amortization expense was $42,000, or 0.2%
of total revenue for fiscal 1999, and $2.2 million, or 2.7% of total
 
                                       30

<PAGE>   32
 
revenue for fiscal 2000. The increase in expense was due to deferred stock
compensation recorded in fiscal 2000.
 
     INTEREST INCOME. Interest income reflects interest earned on cash and cash
equivalents and investment balances. Interest income was $170,000 in fiscal
1998, $175,000 in fiscal 1999, and $486,000 in fiscal 2000. In each year, the
increase in interest income was primarily due to interest earned on higher
invested cash balances.
 
     INTEREST EXPENSE. Interest expense consists of interest on our notes
payable to bank and capital lease obligations. Interest expense was $164,000 in
fiscal 1998, $101,000 in fiscal 1999, and $156,000 in fiscal 2000. The changes
in interest expense were primarily due to fluctuating average debt balances.
 
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following tables present unaudited quarterly results, in dollars and as
a percentage of net revenue, for each of the eight quarters in the period ended
January 31, 2000. We believe this information reflects all adjustments,
consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for
a fair presentation of such information in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles. The results for any quarter are not necessarily
indicative of results for any future period.
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       QUARTER ENDED
                            ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            APRIL 30,   JULY 31,   OCTOBER 31,   JANUARY 31,   APRIL 30,   JULY 31,   OCTOBER 31,   JANUARY 31,
                              1998        1998        1998          1999         1999        1999        1999          2000
                            ---------   --------   -----------   -----------   ---------   --------   -----------   -----------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                         <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>
Net revenue...............   $   466    $ 1,862      $5,081        $13,844      $14,056    $16,860      $23,463       $26,996
Cost of product revenue...       285      1,099       2,757          5,962        6,195      7,120        8,874        11,584
                             -------    -------      ------        -------      -------    -------      -------       -------
Gross profit..............       181        763       2,324          7,882        7,861      9,740       14,589        15,412
Operating expenses:
  Research and
    development...........     1,451      1,098       1,377          1,911        2,422      2,946        3,716         5,368
  Marketing and selling...       687        821       1,238          1,885        1,961      2,511        2,784         3,180
  General and
    administrative........       254        224         271            441          651        784          793         1,215
  Amortization of stock
    compensation..........        --         --          12             30           80        156          329         1,610
                             -------    -------      ------        -------      -------    -------      -------       -------
    Total operating
      expenses............     2,392      2,143       2,898          4,267         5114      6,397        7,622        11,373
                             -------    -------      ------        -------      -------    -------      -------       -------
Operating income (loss)...    (2,211)    (1,380)       (574)         3,615        2,747      3,343        6,967         4,039
Interest income...........        77         51          28             19           52         72          129           233
Interest expense..........        (1)        (9)        (72)           (19)         (29)       (59)         (41)          (27)
                             -------    -------      ------        -------      -------    -------      -------       -------
Income (loss) before
  income taxes............    (2,135)    (1,338)       (618)         3,615        2,770      3,356        7,055         4,245
Provision for income
  taxes...................        --        (30)        (40)          (413)        (692)      (839)      (1,764)       (1,061)
                             -------    -------      ------        -------      -------    -------      -------       -------
Net income (loss).........   $(2,135)   $(1,368)     $ (658)       $ 3,202      $ 2,078    $ 2,517      $ 5,291       $ 3,184
                             =======    =======      ======        =======      =======    =======      =======       =======
</TABLE>

 
                                       31

<PAGE>   33
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     QUARTER ENDED AS A PERCENTAGE OF NET REVENUE
                          ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          APRIL 30,   JULY 31,   OCTOBER 31,   JANUARY 31,   APRIL 30,   JULY 31,   OCTOBER 31,   JANUARY 31,
                            1998        1998        1998          1999         1999        1999        1999          2000
                          ---------   --------   -----------   -----------   ---------   --------   -----------   -----------
<S>                       <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>
Net revenue.............    100.0%     100.0%       100.0%        100.0%       100.0%     100.0%       100.0%        100.0%
Cost of product
  revenue...............     61.2       59.1         54.3          43.1         44.1       42.2         37.8          42.9
                           ------      -----        -----         -----        -----      -----        -----        ------
Gross profit............     38.8       40.9         45.7          56.9         55.9       57.8         62.2          57.1
Operating expenses:
  Research and
    development.........    311.4       59.0         27.1          13.7         17.2       17.5         15.8          19.9
  Marketing and
    selling.............    147.4       44.1         24.4          13.6         14.0       14.9         11.9          11.8
  General and
    administrative......     54.5       12.0          5.4           3.2          4.6        4.7          3.4           4.5
  Amortization of stock
    compensation........       --         --          0.2           0.2          0.6        0.9          1.4           6.0
                           ------      -----        -----         -----        -----      -----        -----        ------
    Total operating
      expenses..........    513.3      115.1         57.1          30.7         36.4       38.0         32.5          42.2
                           ------      -----        -----         -----        -----      -----        -----        ------
Operating income
  (loss)................   (474.5)     (74.2)       (11.4)         26.2         19.5       19.8         29.7          14.9
Interest income.........     16.5        2.7          0.6           0.1          0.4        0.4          0.5           0.9
Interest expense........     (0.2)      (0.5)        (1.4)         (0.1)        (0.2)      (0.3)        (0.2)         (0.1)
                           ------      -----        -----         -----        -----      -----        -----        ------
Income (loss) before
  income taxes..........   (458.2)     (72.0)       (12.2)         26.2         19.7       19.9         30.0          15.7
Provision for income
  taxes.................       --       (1.6)        (0.8)         (3.0)        (4.9)      (5.0)        (7.5)         (3.9)
                           ------      -----        -----         -----        -----      -----        -----        ------
Net income (loss).......   (458.2)%    (73.6)%      (13.0)%        23.2%        14.8%      14.9%        22.5%         11.8%
                           ======      =====        =====         =====        =====      =====        =====        ======
</TABLE>

 
     Our quarterly results of operations have varied from quarter-to-quarter in
the past and we expect them to vary from quarter-to-quarter in future periods.
These fluctuations may occur due to a number of factors, including:
 
      - the cyclical nature of the integrated circuit industry;
 
      - the timing and volume of orders and order cancellations from our
        customers;
 
      - the level of acceptance of our products by existing and potential
        customers;
 
      - the demand for, seasonality of the markets for, and life cycles of,
        products incorporating our products;
 
      - our ability to fund, develop, introduce, ship and support new products
        and product enhancements, and the related timing and costs associated
        with those activities;
 
      - deferrals of customer orders in anticipation of new products or product
        enhancements from us or our competitors;
 
      - the loss of one or more of our major customers;
 
      - fluctuations in our manufacturing yields;
 
      - the introduction of competing products by us or our competitors;
 
      - changes in our product mix;
 
      - competitive pricing pressures;
 
      - the cost and availability of capacity at our integrated circuit
        manufacturers and subcontractors;
 
      - the rate at which new markets emerge for products we are currently
        developing or for which our design expertise can be utilized to develop
        new products;
 
      - transition of our markets to new technologies or standards; and
 
      - departures of key personnel.
 
                                       32

<PAGE>   34
 
     Net revenue increased from the preceding quarter in each of the eight
quarters in the period ended January 31, 2000. All of our sales in each of the
eight quarters in the period ended January 31, 2000 have been derived from sales
of our read channel and preamplifier products. Gross profit increased in each
quarter in fiscal 1999, primarily due to substantial increases in product sales.
Gross profit decreased slightly in the first quarter of fiscal 2000, to 55.9% of
net revenue, primarily due to increased test and rework costs related to a
product design issue with a significant customer. The increases in gross profit
in the second and third quarter of fiscal 2000 were primarily due to a reduction
in product costs. The decrease in gross profit in the fourth quarter of fiscal
2000, to 57.1% of net revenue, was due primarily to a decline in yields of our
newest, more complex read channel product. Our gross profit may decline in
future periods due to the expected introduction of competitive products and
increased demand for wafer capacity within the integrated circuit industry.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     Since our inception, we have financed operations through a combination of
private sales of convertible preferred stock, bank loan and capital lease
financing and, in fiscal 2000, net cash flow from operations. At January 31,
2000, we had $22.6 million in working capital and $16.6 million in cash and cash
equivalents.
 
     We used cash in our operating activities in the amount of $6.8 million in
fiscal 1998 and $2.9 million in fiscal 1999. In fiscal 1998, cash used for
operating activities was attributable primarily to our net loss. In fiscal 1999,
cash used for operating activities was attributable to our net loss and a
significant increase in accounts receivable and inventory, partially offset by
increases in accounts payable and accrued liabilities. Accounts receivable and
inventory increased as a result of the significant increase in revenue in fiscal
1999, particularly in the fourth quarter. Accounts payable and accrued
liabilities increased as a result of an overall increase in our inventory levels
and operating expenses as our business has grown. Our operating activities
provided cash in the amount of $12.6 million in fiscal 2000. The increase in
cash was primarily a result of our net income for the period and increases in
accounts payable, accrued liabilities and income taxes payable, partially offset
by increases in accounts receivable and inventory. Accounts receivable and
inventory increased as a result of the significant increase in revenue in fiscal
2000. Accounts payable increased as a result of an overall increase in our
inventory levels and operating expenses as our business has grown. The increase
in income taxes payable is due to the increasing amount of income earned in
Singapore and Bermuda, both of which have tax rates lower than the U.S. federal
tax rate. The balance of our accounts receivable at each period-end varies,
primarily due to the timing of our shipments within the period. We have not
experienced any material collection difficulties.
 
     We used cash in our investing activities in the amount of $1.0 million in
fiscal 1998, $1.6 million in fiscal 1999 and $6.8 million in fiscal 2000, in
each case attributable to purchases of property and equipment.
 
     Net cash provided by financing activities was $6.4 million in fiscal 1998,
$6.7 million in fiscal 1999 and $5.3 million in fiscal 2000. In fiscal 1998,
cash provided by financing activities was primarily attributable to proceeds
from the issuance of convertible preferred stock. In fiscal 1999, cash provided
by financing activities was primarily attributable to proceeds from the issuance
of convertible preferred stock, the financing of property and equipment, and the
exercise of stock options. In fiscal 2000, cash provided by financing activities
was primarily attributable to proceeds from the issuance of convertible
preferred stock and the exercise of warrants to purchase convertible preferred
stock and the exercise of stock options, partially offset by the repayment of
notes payable to our bank.
 
   
     In May 1998, we entered into a loan agreement, which was amended in July
1999, and provides for borrowings of up to $8.0 million in the form of line of
credit advances based on eligible accounts receivable and inventory, and $3.1
million available in the form of equipment advances. Borrowings accrue interest
at the bank's prime rate plus 0.125%, which equaled 8.625% on January 31, 2000,
and are secured by our tangible assets. In fiscal 1999 and 2000 we borrowed $3.6
million under this
    
 
                                       33

<PAGE>   35
 
   
agreement, which we repaid in full in fiscal 2000. On January 31, 2000, we were
in compliance with all line of credit covenants, no amounts were outstanding and
$8.0 million was available for borrowing. This loan agreement expired in April
2000.
    
 
   
     In March 2000, we invested $3 million in a certificate of deposit with a
U.S. bank as security for a standby letter of credit with a foundry. The standby
letter of credit expires on September 1, 2000.
    
 
     We lease equipment and software under leases with three-year terms. We
intend to exercise purchase options at the end of the lease terms for a minimal
cost. We also plan to spend up to approximately $12.0 million during the next 12
months for test and other equipment and software. We lease our facilities under
a non-cancelable operating lease, which expires in February 2002. We currently
intend to either relocate our headquarters to larger facilities or secure
additional leased space within the next 12 months. We will incur additional
costs related to any relocation or increase in leased facilities, and may have
to pay rent on two leases for a period of time if we relocate.
 
   
     Our relationships with our foundries allow us to cancel all outstanding
purchase orders, but require us to pay the foundries for expenses they have
incurred in connection with the purchase orders through the date of
cancellation. As of January 31, 2000, our foundries had incurred approximately
$5.6 million of manufacturing expenses on our outstanding purchase orders.
    
 
     We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with existing
cash balances, will be sufficient to meet our capital requirements for at least
the next 12 months. After this period, capital requirements will depend on many
factors, including the rate of sales growth, market acceptance of our products,
costs of securing access to adequate manufacturing capacity, the timing and
extent of research and development projects and increases in our operating
expenses. To the extent that funds generated by this offering, together with
existing cash balances and cash from operations, are insufficient to fund our
future activities, we may need to raise additional funds through public or
private equity or debt financing. Although we are currently not a party to any
agreement or letter of intent with respect to a potential acquisition or
strategic arrangement, we may enter into acquisitions or strategic arrangements
in the future, which also could require us to seek additional equity or debt
financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us or at
all.
 
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE OF MARKET RISKS
 
     INTEREST RATE RISK. Our cash equivalents are exposed to financial market
risk due to fluctuation in interest rates, which may affect our interest income.
As of January 31, 2000, our cash included money market securities. Due to the
short term nature of our investment portfolio, we would not expect our operating
results or cash flows to be affected to any significant degree by the effect of
a sudden change in market interest rates. We do not use our investment portfolio
for trading or other speculative purposes.
 
     FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RISK. Substantially all of our sales and expenses
are denominated in U.S. dollars, and, as a result, we have relatively little
exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. We do not currently enter into
forward exchange contracts to hedge exposures denominated in foreign currencies
or any other derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative
purposes. However, in the event our exposure to foreign currency risk increases,
we may choose to hedge those exposures.
 
INFLATION
 
     The impact of inflation on our business has not been material for the
fiscal years ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 133, "Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," as amended by Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 137, "Accounting for
                                       34

<PAGE>   36
 
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities -- Deferral of the Effective Date
of FASB Statement No. 133- an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133". SFAS 133
requires that all derivative instruments be recorded on the balance sheet at
their fair market value. Changes in the fair market value of derivatives are
recorded each period in current earnings or comprehensive income, depending on
whether a derivative is designed as part of a hedge transaction, and if so, the
type of hedge transaction. Substantially all of our revenue and the majority of
our costs are denominated in U.S. dollars, and to date we have not entered into
any derivative contracts. We do not expect that the adoption of SFAS 133 will
have a material effect on our financial statements. The effective date of SFAS
133 as amended by SFAS 137 is for fiscal quarters of fiscal years beginning
after June 15, 2000.
 
     In December 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission staff released
Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 101, "Revenue Recognition in Financial
Statements," which provides guidance on the recognition, presentation and
disclosure of revenue in financial statements. The application of SAB No. 101
did not have a material impact on our financial statements.
 
                                       35

<PAGE>   37
 

 
                                   BUSINESS
 
     This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. Our actual results may differ significantly from the results
discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause such a
difference include, but are not limited to, those discussed in "Risk Factors".
 
   
OUR BUSINESS
    
 
   
     We design, develop and market integrated circuits for
communications-related markets. Our products provide the critical interface
between real world, analog signals and the digital information used in computing
and communications systems. We enable our customers to store and transmit
digital information reliably and at high speeds. Our products initially focused
our core technology on the data storage market, where we believe our products
provide industry leading performance for Seagate, Samsung, Hitachi, Fujitsu and
Toshiba, who as a group accounted for 99% of our sales in fiscal 1999 and 98% of
our sales in fiscal 2000. Recently, we applied our technology to the high speed,
or broadband, data communications market by introducing products that are used
in network access equipment to provide the interface between communications
systems and data transmission media. We believe that our core technology can be
used to improve performance across a wide range of data communications
applications. For example, we are actively developing products for the Gigabit
Ethernet, a networking protocol, or format, for connecting devices at data rates
of 1,000 megabits per second. In addition, we are committing resources to the
development of products for the wireless communications and cable modem markets.
For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2000, we generated $81.4 million in net
revenue and $13.1 million in net income.
    
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
     SATISFYING BANDWIDTH DEMAND
 
   
     Businesses and consumers today are creating a rapidly growing demand for
broadband access to large volumes of information in multiple forms, including
voice, video and data. Ryan Hankin Kent, a telecommunications industry market
research firm, estimates that North American network data traffic grew to
approximately 350,000 trillion bytes, or terabytes, per month in 1999. This
demand is being driven by the introduction of new data-intensive computing and
communications applications, such as web-based commerce, streaming audio and
video, enterprise-wide information systems and telecommuting. In addition,
information is increasingly available via networks through a variety of access
devices, including personal computers, digital cable set-top boxes used in
conjunction with television sets, cable modems, small, handheld computing
devices known as personal digital assistants and wireless phones. Improving
end-user satisfaction with these applications and devices requires increasingly
higher data transfer rates within computing systems and data storage devices and
across computer networks, the public telephone infrastructure and the Internet.
    
 
   
     Communications systems must transfer data reliably at very high speeds
using a wide range of physical media, including magnetic and optical storage
disks, twisted pair copper wire, coaxial cable, fiber optic cable and open air.
A critical element of these systems is a physical layer device, which performs
the important interface functions between the communications system and the
media. The physical layer device, converts digital computer information into
real world analog signals before transmitting them over communications media and
also receives analog signals from communications media and converts digital data
that computers can understand and manipulate.
    
 
   
     Physical layer devices often determine the overall performance of the
communications system. Achieving high integrity data recovery and transmission
becomes increasingly difficult at higher data transfer rates. Data transfer
rates, often referred to as bandwidth, are measured in terms of megabits per
second transmitted over given media. In order to achieve high integrity in data
transmission and data recovery at high transfer rates, physical layer devices
must overcome a number of factors that can impair signal quality and introduce
errors, including substandard media, noise, signal level
    
 
                                       36

<PAGE>   38
 
   
degradation over distance, interference from adjacent lines and signal echo. In
many computing systems and networks, bandwidth bottlenecks arise where the media
and physical layer devices are incapable of supporting the required data
transfer rates. As transmission speeds approach the fundamental limits of
particular transmission media, physical layer devices must increasingly employ
sophisticated signal processing algorithms and techniques to accurately recover
the transmitted data. A digital signal processing algorithm involves
mathematical manipulation of digital data converted from analog form.
    
 
     High performance communications-related end markets in which bandwidth
bottlenecks present critical problems include the data storage and broadband
data communications markets.
 
     DATA STORAGE
 
   
     A substantial portion of all business and personal information is recorded
in analog form on magnetic disk drives in data servers, workstations, personal
computers and consumer entertainment devices. As end-user data requirements
increase, disk drive suppliers must consistently offer drives with faster data
transfer rates and higher capacities. Disk capacity is measured by areal
density, which is the amount of data stored on one square inch of disk space.
Current high performance disk drive systems offer data transfer rates of 400 to
500 million bits per second and capacities of up to 100 gigabytes. In
comparison, high performance disk drive systems in 1998 offered data transfer
rates of approximately 200 to 250 megabits per second and capacities of up to 50
gigabytes.
    
 
   
     A critical component in every disk drive is the read channel. The read
channel is a physical layer device that transmits and receives the analog data
that is stored on the magnetic disk and converts it to the digital data required
for use in computing systems. The read channel plays a critical role in enabling
the disk drive to achieve higher data transfer rates and areal densities. Often,
the read channel can become the limiting bottleneck for the entire disk drive
system because higher data transfer rates complicate recovery of the data stored
on the disk. As data tracks are packed more closely together to achieve greater
areal density, problems arise from interference between adjacent data tracks.
These communication challenges require increasingly sophisticated read channel
designs. In addition, as disk drive manufacturers seek to reduce costs, they are
increasingly demanding that functions traditionally performed by stand-alone
integrated circuits be combined with the read channel into a single integrated
circuit.
    
 
     BROADBAND DATA COMMUNICATIONS
 
   
     In recent years there has been a rapid increase of data transmitted across
and within computer networks, the public telephone infrastructure and the
Internet. Communications infrastructures are constantly evolving to support this
increase in data transmission demand. In computer networks that span relatively
large geographical areas, known as wide area networks, this increase in data
transmission demand has driven the deployment of high capacity fiber optic
transmission systems and new broadband access technologies, such as cable modems
and digital subscriber lines. In computer networks that span relatively small
geographical areas, known as local area networks, this increase in data
transmission demand has resulted in a transition from the 10 megabit per second
Ethernet technology to the 100 megabit per second Fast Ethernet technology.
Going forward, we believe that a new standard, Gigabit Ethernet, which provides
data transfer rates of 1,000 megabits per second, will be broadly deployed to
support the increasing data transmission demand. We believe that to date,
businesses have made a significant investment installing copper twisted pair
wires to support their local area networks. Based on the estimates of
International Data Corporation, or IDC, in 1999 the worldwide installed base of
10 and 100 megabit per second Ethernet network interface cards and switch ports,
which are devices used to connect computers to networks, totaled approximately
333 million.
    
 
   
     In the broadband data communications market, physical layer devices are
critical to the deployment of new, higher data rate transmission technologies.
Gigabit data transmission rates
    
 
                                       37

<PAGE>   39
 
   
present significant data recovery challenges. A number of problems, such as
interference from adjacent lines and signal echo, arise when transmitting data
at gigabit rates on the existing copper twisted pair wire. The most common form
of copper twisted pair wire installed was originally designed to support 100
megabit per second data rates. As a result, the deployment of Gigabit Ethernet
requires either the costly and time-consuming upgrading of this wiring or the
deployment of new physical layer devices that enable gigabit transmission rates
on the existing infrastructure.
    
 
     THE OPPORTUNITY FOR NEW INTEGRATED CIRCUIT SOLUTIONS
 
   
     The rapidly growing demand for high speed broadband data communications
products that enable the transmission of large volumes of data is creating the
need for a new generation of integrated circuit solutions. Physical layer
devices capable of supporting increasingly higher data transmission rates over
existing media infrastructures require sophisticated mixed signal and digital
signal processing techniques. Mixed signal technologies employ both analog and
digital circuitry in a single integrated circuit. To keep the power consumption
of these new solutions at acceptable levels, more efficient yet powerful signal
processing algorithms, implemented in silicon, are required. These new
generation physical layer devices must also satisfy market demands associated
with large production volumes, competitive pricing, high reliability and
decreasing size.
    
 
THE MARVELL SOLUTION
 
   
     We design, develop and market integrated circuits for the
communications-related markets of high speed, high density data storage and
broadband data communications. Our integrated circuits combine precise mixed
signal technologies with complex signal processing algorithms. Our products are
used for transmitting and recovering digitally converted analog signals to and
from various types of broadband communications media. Our products allow our
customers to store and move digital data reliably at high data transfer rates
while utilizing existing media infrastructures.
    
 
   
     Our products target high volume markets where some of the most critical
success factors are performance, power consumption, quality and cost. We
initially applied our mixed signal and digital signal processing technology to
the data storage market, where we provide read channel devices and preamplifiers
to meet the high data transfer rate, high areal density and data integrity
requirements of our customers. A preamplifier amplifies the low level electrical
signal transmitted to and from the recording heads in a disk drive device. We
believe that we have achieved significant market share in read channel
integrated circuits for the high performance and portable computing segments of
the data storage market. These segments have the most demanding performance
requirements in terms of data transfer rates and areal densities. More recently,
we applied our core technology to developing high performance physical layer
devices for the broadband data communications market. We introduced the first
member of our data communications product family, a physical layer device for 10
and 100 megabit per second Ethernet and Fast Ethernet applications, in the
fourth quarter of calendar year 1999. Our fast Ethernet physical layer devices
are manufactured in 0.25-micron CMOS manufacturing process and provide long
distance signal transmission capability and low power consumption. We are
currently developing our first generation of Gigabit Ethernet physical layer
devices for use with existing copper twisted pair wiring infrastructures.
    
 
     Key features of our technology solutions include:
 
   
      - MIXED SIGNAL BROADBAND ANALOG FRONT-END TECHNOLOGY. One of the most
        critical components of many communications-related mixed signal
        integrated circuits is the analog front-end. The analog front-end is the
        analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog converter that serves as the
        interface between the digital signal processor and the physical
        communications media. We have developed high precision analog front-ends
        that are implemented in CMOS manufacturing processes. We are able to
        design these broadband analog front-ends due to a number of innovations,
        including proprietary self calibration techniques that compensate for
        the inherent variations of these processes. Our analog
    
 
                                       38

<PAGE>   40
 
   
        circuits are designed to be highly reusable across many of our products
        and easily scalable to new CMOS processes as they emerge.
    
 
   
      - CUSTOM DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSORS. We have designed high performance, low
        power usage digital signal processors for broadband communications
        applications. These processors are customized to execute our suite of
        advanced digital signal processing algorithms in real time at high
        speeds. For example, our latest generation read channel device performs
        several hundred billion operations per second.
    
 
   
      - PROPRIETARY DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING ALGORITHMS. Our advanced digital
        signal processing algorithms enable data transmission at high speeds
        across a wide range of physical media with low data error rates. These
        digital signal processing algorithms improve performance in the presence
        of media imperfections such as substandard media, noise, signal level
        degradation over distance, interference from adjacent lines and signal
        echo. We have developed a broad suite of broadband communications
        algorithms targeted at both data storage and broadband data
        communications applications.
    
 
   
      - DESIGN FOR ADVANCED CMOS MANUFACTURING PROCESSES. In addition to CMOS,
        there are several modern processes for manufacturing integrated circuits
        including Bipolar, BiCMOS, silicon germanium and gallium arsenide. While
        it is significantly more difficult to design high performance analog
        integrated circuits in CMOS, CMOS provides multiple benefits compared to
        other processes, including significantly lower manufacturing cost, more
        predictable migration to smaller process geometries, more cost effective
        integration of additional functions in a single integrated circuit and
        greater worldwide foundry capacity. We have successfully combined
        advanced analog signal processing blocks with high speed digital signal
        processors in 0.25- and 0.18-micron CMOS manufacturing processes. We
        believe we have achieved a level of circuit speed performance in CMOS
        process technologies that has typically only been achieved with more
        expensive special fabrication techniques, such as BiCMOS.
    
 
     We believe these advantages lead to several key benefits for our customers:
 
   
      - HIGH PERFORMANCE. In the data storage market, we believe our products
        achieve industry leading data transfer rates and areal densities. In the
        broadband data communications market, our products achieve the required
        low error rates when used with lower quality media and attain superior
        signal transmission distance when used with standard media. We believe
        that the advantages of our broadband data communications products enable
        businesses to upgrade their networks without the expense associated with
        upgrading to new wiring.
    
 
   
      - LOW POWER. We believe our custom digital signal processors use fewer
        transistors to perform data transfer functions than the standard designs
        used by some of our competitors, thereby reducing overall system power
        usage. We also implement our designs in advanced CMOS processes, which
        further reduces power requirements. These designs allow our customers to
        eliminate costly heat reduction components in their products.
    
 
   
      - COST EFFECTIVE SOLUTIONS. We are able to lower our manufacturing costs
        by using advanced manufacturing processes and our custom digital signal
        processing technology. These processes and technologies allow us to use
        a smaller silicon chip size, which we believe results in more integrated
        circuits per wafer than is standard in our industry. In addition, our
        products generate less heat, which we believe allows us to use less
        expensive packaging technologies and achieve lower cost system
        implementations than our competitors. These manufacturing advantages
        reduce the cost of next generation communications equipment, enabling
        our customers to offer their products at competitive prices.
    
 
   
      - HIGHER INTEGRATION CAPABILITY. The combination of our use of CMOS
        manufacturing processes, small silicon chip size and low power
        requirements allows us to increase the
    
                                       39

<PAGE>   41
 
   
        number of functions in a single integrated circuit. We believe these
        capabilities position us to integrate elements of our customers'
        designs, currently implemented in discrete integrated circuits, into our
        products. Integration reduces the overall number of components, thereby
        reducing overall system cost.
    
 
      - ACCELERATED TIME TO MARKET. We help our customers rapidly introduce
        higher performance, lower cost products. Many features of our integrated
        circuits are software-configurable, allowing our customers to customize
        circuit operation for their specific applications. In addition, the
        scalability of our designs helps us more rapidly adopt future process
        technologies to deliver new generations of products.
 
MARVELL STRATEGY
 
     Our objective is to be a leading provider of mixed signal and digital
signal processing integrated circuit technologies for broadband
communications-related markets. Key elements of this strategy include the
following:
 
EXPAND OUR MARKET POSITION BY DEVELOPING NEW SIGNAL PROCESSING TECHNOLOGIES FOR
BROADBAND COMMUNICATIONS-RELATED APPLICATIONS
 
   
     We believe that we have built significant expertise in the core areas of
technology that are relevant for broadband communications, including mixed
signal circuit design methodologies, broadband signal processing algorithms,
custom digital signal processors and system-level expertise. We intend to
continue to invest considerable resources in developing new and enhanced
algorithms and improved mixed signal and digital signal processing technologies.
We believe that investment will allow us to develop products that can achieve
data transmission speeds approaching the fundamental limits of particular
transmission media infrastructures. We also believe our core signal processing
technologies can be applied to a wide range of broadband communications-related
markets, including data storage, data networking, wireless networking and cable
modems.
    
 
LEVERAGE OUR TECHNOLOGY IN THE BROADBAND DATA COMMUNICATIONS MARKET
 
   
     We initially applied our mixed signal and digital signal processing
technology expertise to the data communications market through the introduction
of our physical layer devices using the Fast Ethernet networking protocol. These
physical layer devices are manufactured in 0.25-micron CMOS manufacturing
processes and provide long distance signal transmission capability and low power
consumption. We are currently developing our Gigabit Ethernet physical layer
devices. Additionally, we plan to integrate our physical layer devices with
functions previously provided by other integrated circuits, such as the media
access controller. The media access controller is the component that controls
access by different devices to the physical media to ensure that signals sent
from different devices over the same channel do not collide.
    
 
EXTEND OUR LEADERSHIP POSITION IN THE DATA STORAGE MARKET
 
   
     The data storage market presents a large volume opportunity for our
broadband mixed signal and digital signal processing technologies. We believe
our technology effectively addresses the increasing data access rates and higher
data integrity and reliability requirements of the data storage markets. We have
achieved significant market share in the high performance and portable computing
segments of the data storage market. These segments of the data storage market
demand the highest performance read channel products. We intend to extend our
leadership position in the high performance and portable computing market
segments by continuing to develop and introduce products enabling higher data
transfer rates and areal densities. In addition, we intend to apply our cost
effective design to develop products targeted at the general purpose personal
computer segment.
    
 
                                       40

<PAGE>   42
 
STRENGTHEN AND EXPAND OUR RELATIONSHIPS WITH CURRENT AND POTENTIAL CUSTOMERS
 
   
     Our goal is to achieve design wins with companies that are among the first
to adopt new technologies and technology leaders in the data storage and
broadband data communications markets. While we design products that can be used
by multiple customers, we often customize our products to incorporate our
customers' specific requirements. As the markets we address become increasingly
complex and competitive, we anticipate that many of our customers will
increasingly wish to combine elements of their designs with our own. We intend
to jointly develop highly integrated products with our customers to meet their
cost and performance requirements and to strengthen our relationships with them.
For example, we are actively working with some of our customers to incorporate
specific features developed by them into our read channel products.
    
 
CAPITALIZE ON WIDELY AVAILABLE CMOS MANUFACTURING PROCESSES AND FABLESS
OPERATING MODEL
 
     We intend to continue to use widely available CMOS processes to manufacture
our advanced mixed signal and digital signal processing products. We believe
this will better enable us to reliably manufacture our products in volume,
thereby decreasing our time-to-market and costs, while also facilitating the
development of highly integrated products. We are a fabless integrated circuit
manufacturer in the sense that we rely on third parties to manufacture, assemble
and test our products for us. Our fabless model allows us to focus our resources
on the development of proprietary and innovative mixed signal and digital signal
processing designs, while reducing capital and operating infrastructure
requirements.
 
MARKETS
 
     We target communications-related markets and applications that require
integrated circuit devices for high speed data transmission. We currently offer
solutions for two major markets: data storage and broadband data communications.
 
DATA STORAGE
 
   
     Demand for data storage is increasing rapidly due to the introduction of
new data-intensive computing and communications applications, such as web-based
commerce, streaming audio and video, enterprise wide information systems, and
telecommuting. IDC estimates that shipments of hard disk drive units will
increase at a compound annual growth rate of 15% from 1998 to 2003, reaching 292
million units in 2003. IDC estimates that the market for combined standalone and
integrated read channel devices is expected to grow from $733 million in 1998 to
$1.8 billion in 2003. We provide solutions tailored to the specific needs of the
high performance, portable and general purpose personal computer segments of
this market.
    
 
   
          HIGH PERFORMANCE. The proliferation of new technologies such as
     redundant array of independent drives and network-based storage systems is
     resulting in increased usage of high performance data storage devices. IDC
     projects a 17% compound annual growth in shipments of high performance hard
     disk drive units from 15 million in 1998 to 32 million in 2003. High
     performance computing applications require systems that are capable of
     storing and retrieving large amounts of data at high rates. As a result,
     manufacturers of storage devices for the high performance segment place
     primary importance on disk drive performance, reliability and capacity and
     are less concerned with the size, power consumption and absolute cost. To
     accommodate these requirements, we provide integrated circuits that enable
     reliable data storage devices with high data transfer rates and high
     capacity that are essential for complex, large-scale processing
     environments.
    
 
   
          PORTABLE. IDC projects a 15% compound annual growth in shipments of
     portable hard disk drive units from 17.5 million in 1998 to 34 million in
     2003. Manufacturers of storage devices for the portable segment are
     primarily concerned with power consumption, heat dissipation, cost and
     areal density. Our product family targeted at this market segment
     incorporates advanced digital
    
                                       41

<PAGE>   43
 
   
     signal processing technologies. These elements allow us to provide very low
     power consumption integrated circuits that can accommodate high data
     transfer rates and enable very high areal density disk drives.
    
 
   
          GENERAL PURPOSE PERSONAL COMPUTERS. IDC projects a 15% compound annual
     growth in shipments of general purpose personal computer hard disk drive
     units from 111 million in 1998 to 222 million in 2003. Personal computer
     users have become increasingly price sensitive. As a result, disk drive
     manufacturers focused on this segment require integrated circuit components
     that facilitate design for high volume, low cost manufacturing. Our
     CMOS-based design is well suited to high volume, low cost manufacturing,
     scalable performance and integration. In addition, due to our ability to
     deliver high performance data transfer rates while meeting the cost
     requirements of the general purpose personal computer segment, we offer
     manufacturers of our general purpose personal computer data storage
     products a migration path for building the higher performance drives of the
     future. In addition, we expect that emerging consumer entertainment
     devices, such as digital camera devices, digital video recorders and
     digital audio entertainment centers, will increasingly use data storage
     systems.
    
 
BROADBAND DATA COMMUNICATIONS
 
   
     As businesses and consumers seek faster access to increasing amounts of
information through local area networks and wide area networks, such as the
Internet, networks are constrained in their ability to process and transmit
information quickly. As a result, the high speed networking equipment market is
undergoing a rapid transition from first generation Ethernet technologies
operating at 10 megabits per second to newer technologies, including Fast
Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet. A majority of the local area network equipment
sold today is based on the Fast Ethernet standard. Based on IDC estimates,
shipments of 10 and 100 megabits per second Fast Ethernet network interface
cards and switch ports will grow from 136 million in 1999 to 316 million in
2003. As lower cost, lower power consumption Gigabit Ethernet physical layer
devices become available, we believe that Gigabit Ethernet will emerge as an
important local and wide area network communications technology.
    
 
PRODUCTS
 
     We design, develop and market integrated circuits for the
communications-related markets of high speed, high density data storage and
broadband data communications. Our integrated circuits utilize proprietary mixed
signal and digital signal processing technologies.
 
DATA STORAGE PRODUCTS
 
   
     READ CHANNEL. The read channel is an integrated circuit providing the
interface between the analog signals from magnetic storage media and the digital
signals that computers can understand and manipulate. Our read channel products
allow our customers to achieve fast data transfer rates, high areal densities
and low power dissipation. Our read channels are designed in CMOS manufacturing
processes and use customized digital signal processors and broadband analog
front-ends. We introduced our first generation of read channels in 1997 and have
introduced two subsequent generations of signal processing technology
enhancements since then. We have migrated our manufacturing process technology
from 0.5- to 0.18-micron and our product speed from 240 to 750 megabits per
second. Our read channel integrated circuits target specific feature and
performance requirements of high performance, portable and general purpose
personal computer customers. Beginning with the 88C4000 product family, we
implemented a strategy to consolidate the signal processing algorithms required
by each of our different market segments into a single integrated circuit
design. This strategy provides cost savings and reduced product line complexity.
    
 
     We are actively working with our customers to incorporate specific features
requested by them in our read channel products. In an effort to enhance
performance and lower cost, we are developing
 
                                       42

<PAGE>   44
 
integrated products that incorporate the read channel, the disk drive controller
and embedded memory functions in one integrated circuit.
 
Our current read channel products are shown in the table below.
 
   

<TABLE>
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               CMOS            INTRODUCTION
 READ CHANNEL                     DESCRIPTION                PERFORMANCE      PROCESS             DATE*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>                                <C>               <C>              <C>
 88P2010                First generation read channel for    240Mbits/s           0.5mm        1st Qtr 1997
                        use in high performance storage
                        systems such as high end
                        workstations.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 88C3000                Second generation read channel       360Mbits/s          0.35mm        1st Qtr 1998
                        for use in higher density high
                        performance storage systems.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 88C3100                Second generation read channel       300Mbits/s          0.35mm        2nd Qtr 1998
                        for extremely high user bit
                        densities in portable storage
                        applications.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 88C3020                Lower speed derivative of the        280Mbits/s          0.35mm        3rd Qtr 1998
                        88C3000 for use in general
                        purpose personal computer storage
                        products.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 88C4200                Third generation read channel for    550Mbits/s          0.25mm        1st Qtr 1999
                        high performance and general
                        purpose personal computer storage
                        systems.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 88C4220                Derivative of the 88C4200 for        380Mbits/s          0.25mm        1st Qtr 1999
                        lower speed but higher user bit
                        density portable storage systems.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 88C4300                Third generation read channel for    550Mbits/s          0.25mm        1st Qtr 2000
                        future portable and high-end
                        general purpose personal computer
                        applications.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 88C5200                Fourth generation read channel       750Mbits/s          0.18mm        1st Qtr 2000
                        for use in future high
                        performance storage systems.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

    
 
---------------
* Introduction date refers to the calendar quarter in which product samples were
  initially made available to a customer for evaluation purposes. These products
  may not be available in commercial volumes for one or more quarters following
  sample introduction.
 
   
     PREAMPLIFIER. A preamplifier amplifies the low level electrical signal
transmitted to and from the recording heads in a disk drive device.
Preamplifiers operate in two basic modes: read and write. In read mode,
preamplifiers provide initial amplification of the high bandwidth signal from
the read head. In write mode, the preamplifier provides the write head with the
high frequency switched current required for writing on the magnetic media. We
provide the only commercially available preamplifiers manufactured in 0.5-micron
CMOS processes. We believe our CMOS-based preamplifier products provide high
performance at a lower cost than standard BiCMOS-based products. We introduced
our first preamplifier product in the third quarter of 1998 and our
second-generation product in the second quarter of 1999. We have also introduced
derivative products targeted at a range of applications for each of these
product families.
    
 
                                       43

<PAGE>   45
 
Our current preamplifier products are shown in the table below.
 
   

<TABLE>
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               CMOS            INTRODUCTION
 PREAMPLIFIERS                    DESCRIPTION                PERFORMANCE      PROCESS             DATE*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                    <C>                                <C>               <C>              <C>
 81G3004                4-channel derivative of the          300Mbits/s           0.5mm        3rd Qtr 1998
                        81G3018 design for two-disk
                        storage platforms.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 81G3018                8-channel high gain-bandwidth        300Mbits/s           0.5mm        4th Qtr 1998
                        preamplifier.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 81G3002                2-channel derivative of the          300Mbits/s           0.5mm        2nd Qtr 1999
                        81G3018.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 81G4008                8-channel second generation high     500Mbits/s           0.5mm        2nd Qtr 1999
                        gain-bandwidth preamplifier.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 81G4014                4-channel derivative of the          500Mbits/s           0.5mm        4th Qtr 1999
                        81G4008 for two-disk storage
                        platforms.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 81G4002                2-channel derivative of the          500Mbits/s           0.5mm        1st Qtr 2000
                        81G4008.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

    
 
---------------
* Introduction date refers to the calendar quarter in which product samples were
  initially made available to a customer for evaluation purposes. These products
  may not be available in commercial volumes for one or more quarters following
  sample introduction.
 
BROADBAND DATA COMMUNICATIONS PRODUCTS
 
     We are applying our mixed signal and digital signal processing technology
to a variety of broadband data communications markets, including Fast and
Gigabit Ethernet. Our integrated circuits provide the core functionality
required for building Ethernet network interface cards, routers, repeaters, hubs
and switches.
 
   
     FAST ETHERNET PRODUCTS. Our first products for the Fast Ethernet data
communications market are highly integrated, physical layer devices. These
devices contain the active circuitry, or ports, needed for interfacing with up
to six or eight independent network connections and are typically used by our
customers in Fast Ethernet repeaters, hubs, switches and routers. We believe
these products enable reliable communication over long cable distances and lower
quality cable installations. We believe we were the first to introduce an
eight-port Fast Ethernet physical layer device in a 0.25-micron CMOS
manufacturing process.
    
 
                                       44

<PAGE>   46
 
Our current Fast Ethernet products are listed in the table below.
 
   

<TABLE>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 DATA COMMUNICATIONS                                                            CMOS            INTRODUCTION
   PRODUCTS                        DESCRIPTION                PERFORMANCE      PROCESS             DATE*
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>                                <C>               <C>              <C>
 88E3080                 8-port digital signal processing    10/100Mbits/s        0.25mm        4th Qtr 1999
                         based Fast Ethernet physical
                         layer device for use in workgroup
                         and enterprise repeaters, hubs,
                         switches and routers.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 88E3060                 6-port digital signal processing    10/100Mbits/s        0.25mm        1st Qtr 2000
                         based Fast Ethernet physical
                         layer device for use in general
                         purpose personal computer hubs
                         and switches.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

    
 
---------------
* Introduction date refers to the calendar quarter in which product samples were
  initially made available to a customer for evaluation purposes. These products
  may not be available in commercial volumes for one or more quarters following
  sample introduction.
 
   
     GIGABIT ETHERNET PRODUCTS. We are currently developing a Gigabit Ethernet
physical layer device for copper twisted pair wire infrastructures. We are
designing this product for a 0.18-micron CMOS manufacturing process. The design
for this product incorporates sophisticated digital signal processing
algorithms, as well as higher resolution analog-front-ends, to overcome the
reduced signal quality of gigabit data rate signals on standard copper twisted
pair wire. Target applications for this product include network interface cards,
routers, repeaters, hubs and next-generation switches.
    
 
CUSTOMERS, SALES AND MARKETING
 
   
     Our sales and marketing strategy is to achieve design wins with companies
that are among the first to adopt new technologies and technology leaders in
each of our selected markets. Our direct sales force targets emerging high
growth markets that have high intensity communications processing requirements.
Our customers for read channel and preamplifier products are manufacturers of
hard disk drives for the enterprise, mobile and desktop markets. As of January
31, 2000, we have shipped over 30 million read channels and preamplifiers to our
customers in the data storage industry. A small number of our customers have
historically accounted for a substantial portion of our revenue. The percentage
of our revenue accounted for by our five major customers in fiscal 1999 and 2000
are set forth below.
    
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                 REVENUE
                                                              --------------
                          CUSTOMER                            1999     2000
                          --------                            -----    -----
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>
Samsung.....................................................   46%      36%
Seagate.....................................................   43       24
Hitachi.....................................................    7       14
Fujitsu.....................................................    2       14
Toshiba.....................................................    1       10
                                                               --       --
          Total.............................................   99%      98%
</TABLE>

 
   
     We recently introduced two data communications products, our eight-port and
six-port Fast Ethernet physical layer devices. We first began shipping for
evaluation our eight-port physical layer device in December 1999 and our
six-port physical layer device in March 2000. In March 2000, our eight-port Fast
Ethernet physical layer device began shipping for revenue. Other potential
customers are currently designing the eight-port physical layer device into
their products. Our target customers for this product are leading manufacturers
of high speed networking equipment.
    
 
                                       45

<PAGE>   47
 
   
     To date, substantially all of our data storage product sales have been made
through our direct sales force of nine people. We also complement and support
our direct sales force with manufacturer's representatives in North America and
Asia. In the first calendar quarter 2000, we entered into our first distribution
agreement to support our sales and marketing activities in the data
communications market, and we plan to enter into other distribution agreements
in the near term. We anticipate that sales through distributors will increase as
a percentage of our revenues in future periods. However, we expect a significant
percentage of our sales will continue to come from direct sales to key
customers. As of April 30, 2000, our sales and marketing organization consisted
of 61 employees and 11 manufacturers' representatives. In November 1999, our
Japanese subsidiary, Marvell Japan, opened a new technical and sales support
facility in Japan to provide greater support for our international customers.
    
 
   
     Our sales are made under purchase orders received between one and four
months prior to the scheduled delivery date. These purchase orders can be
cancelled without charge if notice is given within an agreed upon period.
Because of the scheduling requirements of our foundries, we generally place firm
orders for products with our suppliers up to sixteen weeks prior to the
anticipated delivery date and prior to an order for the product. We typically
warrant our products for a 90-day period. To date, we have not experienced
material product returns or warranty expense.
    
 
     Our marketing team works in conjunction with our sales force and is
organized around our product applications. Due to the complexity of our
products, we introduce our new products to major customers with a global tour by
a marketing, sales and engineering team. We believe that individual meetings are
the most effective and rapid means of communicating the capabilities, benefits
and extremely technical specifications of each new product.
 
   
     We use field application engineers to provide intensive technical support
and assistance to existing and potential customers in designing, testing and
qualifying systems designs that incorporate our products. We believe that
superior field applications engineering support plays a pivotal role in building
long-term relationships with our customers by improving our customers'
time-to-market, maintaining a high level of customer satisfaction and
encouraging customers to use our next generation of products. As of April 30,
2000, we had nine field application engineers.
    
 
MARVELL TECHNOLOGY
 
   
     We believe our key technical competitive advantages result from the
collection of proprietary technologies that we have developed since our
inception. Our products are based on the following technologies:
    
 
   
     - high bandwidth analog front-end technology;
    
 
   
     - advanced communications algorithms;
    
 
   
     - custom digital signal processors; and
    
 
     - reusable building blocks for integrated system-on-a-chip design.
 
HIGH BANDWIDTH ANALOG FRONT-END TECHNOLOGY
 
   
     We have developed significant expertise in mixed signal circuit design
architectures and techniques required to design high performance analog
front-ends, which provide the interface between the digital signal processor and
the physical communications media. We have developed this technology for use
with advanced CMOS manufacturing processes, which allows us to cost effectively
integrate complex digital signal processing functions with other high level
system functions on a small silicon chip. Our mixed signal circuits achieve
performance levels that are associated with more expensive, special purpose
integrated circuit manufacturing process technologies, such as BiCMOS. For
example, our analog front-ends for use in read channel applications achieve
conversion rates of up to 900MHz using a 0.18-micron CMOS process. A conversion
rate of 900 MHz means that the analog
    
 
                                       46

<PAGE>   48
 
   
to digital converter completes 900 million analog to digital conversion cycles
per second. In addition to achieving high performance, our mixed signal circuits
are designed to compensate for variations inherent in current 0.25- and
0.18-micron CMOS manufacturing processes.
    
 
   
     Our high bandwidth analog front-end technology can be used in various
communications-related applications. We are currently developing experimental
mixed signal technologies for extreme high bandwidth applications, such as
physical layer devices for fibre optic media operating at data rates of up to
2.5 gigabits per second for use in a high-speed shared storage devices, known as
storage area networks.
    
 
   
ADVANCED COMMUNICATIONS ALGORITHMS
    
 
   
     We have also developed complex communications algorithms that are required
for broadband data communications-related applications. Our communications
algorithms perform the signal equalization, data detection and error corrections
required to overcome media imperfections such as substandard media, noise,
signal level degradation over distance, interference from adjacent lines and
signal echo. These communications algorithms enable us to design digital signal
processors for use in data storage, Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet
applications as well as other possible future applications, such as cable modem
and broadband wireless products.
    
 
   
CUSTOM DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSORS
    
 
   
     We target communications-related markets, which require very fast data
transfer rates and low power dissipation. To achieve the required performance
levels, we implement our signal processing algorithms in custom-designed digital
signal processors. Our Fast Ethernet digital signal processors performs several
billion operations per second while dissipating less than 100 milliwatts of
power. Our fastest read channel digital signal processors performs over 50
billion operations per second while dissipating less than 750 milliwatts of
power. Such performance is not readily available using standard programmable
digital signal processing solutions. We believe our custom digital signal
processors, when combined with our library of digital signal processing circuit
building blocks, will enable us to implement application specific digital signal
processors that can perform at computational rates of up to one trillion
operations per second in very small silicon chips. Small silicon chips result in
low power dissipation, small packaging and low overall system cooling
requirements.
    
 
REUSABLE BUILDING BLOCKS FOR INTEGRATED SYSTEM-ON-A-CHIP DESIGN
 
   
     We have developed a proprietary set of manufacturing process design rules
that we believe are scalable over several generations of manufacturing process
geometries. We have also collected a significant library of circuit building
blocks that can be reused with minimum modification in successive generations of
products. These design methodologies allow us to shorten time-to-market for new
products and take advantage of the latest CMOS manufacturing processes. We
believe that as manufacturing process geometries continue shrinking, our
customers will pursue silicon integration strategies. To address this market
development, we have recently developed our own embedded memory technology for
complex system-on-a-chip designs that require large amounts of repairable
on-chip memory. We are also in the process of developing products that integrate
our core mixed signal and digital signal processors with our customers' silicon
components and on-chip memory.
    
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
     We believe that our future success depends on our ability to introduce
improvements to our existing products and to develop new products that deliver
cost effective solutions for both existing and new markets. Our research and
development efforts are directed largely to the development of proprietary
circuit designs for high bandwidth communications-related applications. We
devote a significant portion of our resources to expanding our core technology
library with designs that enable high performance, reliable communications over
a variety of physical media. We are also focused on
 
                                       47

<PAGE>   49
 
incorporating functions currently provided by stand-alone integrated circuits
into our products to reduce our customers' overall system costs.
 
   
     We have assembled a core team of engineers who have extensive experience in
the areas of mixed signal circuit design, digital signal processing, and CMOS
technology. As of April 30, 2000, we had 108 employees in engineering and
process development, including 69 with advanced degrees. We have invested, and
expect that we will continue to invest, significant funds for research and
development. Our research and development expense was approximately $5.8 million
in fiscal 1999 and $14.5 million in fiscal 2000.
    
 
MANUFACTURING
 
   
     We believe our fabless manufacturing approach provides us with the benefits
of superior manufacturing capability as well as flexibility to move the
manufacture, assembly and test of our products to those vendors that offer the
best capability at an attractive price. Our engineers work closely with our
foundries and other subcontractors to increase yields, lower manufacturing costs
and improve quality.
    
 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FABRICATION
 
   
     Our integrated circuits are fabricated using widely available CMOS
processes, which provide us greater flexibility to engage independent foundries
to manufacture integrated circuits. By outsourcing our manufacturing, we are
able to avoid the cost associated with owning and operating our own
manufacturing facility. This allows us to focus our efforts on the design and
marketing of our products. We currently outsource substantially all of our
integrated circuit manufacturing to Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company.
We work closely with Taiwan Semiconductor to forecast on a monthly basis our
manufacturing capacity requirements. Our integrated circuits are currently
fabricated in 0.50-, 0.35- and 0.25-micron manufacturing processes. We are also
currently sampling 0.18-micron products with customers. Because finer
manufacturing processes lead to enhanced performance, smaller silicon chip size
and lower power requirements, we continually evaluate the benefits and
feasibility of migrating to smaller geometry process technology in order to
reduce cost and improve performance.
    
 
ASSEMBLY AND TEST
 
   
     Our silicon chips are shipped from our third-party foundries to our
third-party assembly and test facilities where they are assembled into finished
integrated circuit packages and tested. Our products are designed to use low
cost, standard packages and to be tested with widely available test equipment.
In addition, we specifically design our integrated circuits for ease of
testability, further reducing manufacturing costs. We outsource all of our
product packaging and testing requirements to several third-party assembly and
test subcontractors, including ST Assembly Test Services in Singapore,
Siliconware Precision Industries in Taiwan and Amkor Technology in the
Philippines.
    
 
QUALITY ASSURANCE
 
   
     We build quality into our products starting with the design and development
process. Our designs are subjected to extensive circuit simulation under extreme
conditions of temperature, voltage and processing before being committed to
manufacture. We pre-qualify each of our subcontractors and conduct regular
in-depth quality audits. We closely monitor foundry production to ensure
consistent overall quality, reliability and yield levels. All of our independent
foundries and assembly and test subcontractors have been awarded ISO 9000
certification.
    
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
     Our future revenue growth and overall success depend in large part on our
ability to protect our intellectual property. We rely on a combination of
patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws,
                                       48

<PAGE>   50
 
contractual provisions and licenses to protect our intellectual property. We
also enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants,
suppliers and customers and seek to control access to, and distribution of, our
documentation and other proprietary information. Despite these precautions, it
may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use our
products and technology without authorization, develop similar technology
independently or design around our patents.
 
   
     As of April 30, 2000, we had been granted nine United States patents on
various aspects of our technology, with expiration dates ranging from 2015 to
2018, and we had filed fifteen additional United States patent applications.
However, there can be no assurance that patents will ever be issued for these
applications. Furthermore, it is possible that our patents may be invalidated,
circumvented, challenged or licensed to others.
    
 
     In addition, the laws of some foreign countries in which our products are
or may be developed, manufactured or sold, including various countries in Asia,
may not protect our products or proprietary information to the same extent as do
the laws of the United States and thus make the possibility of piracy of our
technology and products more likely in these countries.
 
     We have expended and will continue to expend considerable resources in
establishing a patent position designed to protect our intellectual property.
While our ability to compete is enhanced by our ability to protect our
intellectual property, we believe that, in view of the rapid pace of
technological change, the combination of the technical experience and innovative
skills of our employees may be as important to our business as the legal
protection of our patents and other proprietary information.
 
     From time to time, we may desire or be required to renew or to obtain
licenses from third parties in order to further develop and market commercially
viable products effectively. We cannot be sure that any necessary licenses will
be available or will be available on commercially reasonable terms.
 
   
     The integrated circuit industry is characterized by vigorous protection and
pursuit of intellectual property rights, which have resulted in significant and
often time consuming and expensive litigation. Although there is currently no
pending or threatened intellectual property litigation filed against us, there
can be no assurance that third parties will not assert claims of infringement
against us. Such claims, even those without merit, could be time consuming and
result in costly litigation. We may not prevail in any such litigation or may
not be able to license any valid and infringed patents from third parties on
commercially reasonable terms. Litigation, regardless of the outcome, is likely
to result in substantial cost and diversion of our resources, including our
management's time. Any such litigation could harm our business and financial
results.
    
 
COMPETITION
 
     The markets for data storage and broadband data communications devices are
intensely competitive and characterized by rapid technological change, evolving
standards, short product life cycles and pricing pressures imposed by high
volume customers. We expect competition to intensify as current competitors
expand their product offerings and new competitors enter the market.
 
     We believe that our ability to compete successfully in the rapidly evolving
markets for our products depends on a number of factors, including:
 
      - performance, features, quality and price of our products;
 
      - the timing and success of new product introductions by us, our customers
        and our competitors;
 
      - the emergence of new industry standards;
 
   
      - our ability to obtain adequate foundry capacity;
    
 
      - the number and nature of our competitors in a given market; and
 
      - general market and economic conditions.
 
                                       49

<PAGE>   51
 
     Our current products face competition from a number of sources. We believe
our principal competitors in the read channel market are Cirrus Logic, Lucent
Technologies, NEC, STMicroelectronics and Texas Instruments. Our primary
competitors in the preamplifier market are Texas Instruments and Lucent
Technologies. In expanding our presence in the broadband data communications
market, we expect to compete with Broadcom, Intel and National Semiconductor.
 
     Many of our current competitors and potential competitors have longer
operating histories, greater name recognition, access to larger customer bases
and significantly greater financial, sales and marketing, manufacturing,
distribution, technical and other resources than us. As a result, they may be
able to respond more quickly to changing customer demands or to devote greater
resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than we can.
Our current or future competitors may develop and introduce new products that
will be priced lower, provide superior performance or achieve greater market
acceptance than our products. In addition, in the event of a manufacturing
capacity shortage, these competitors may be able to manufacture products when we
are unable to do so.
 
     Furthermore, current or potential competitors have established or may
establish, financial and strategic relationships among themselves or with
existing or potential customers or other third parties to increase the ability
of their products to address the needs of our prospective customers.
Accordingly, it is possible that new competitors or alliances among competitors
could emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share, which would harm our
business.
 
     In addition, many of our customers and potential customers have substantial
technological capabilities and financial resources. Some customers have already
developed, or in the future may develop, technologies that will compete directly
with our products. We also may face competition from suppliers of products based
on new or emerging technologies.
 
   
     Historically, average unit selling prices in the integrated circuit
industry in general, and for our products in particular, have decreased over the
life of a particular product. We expect that the average unit selling prices of
our products will continue to be subject to significant pricing pressures. In
order to offset expected declines in the average unit selling prices of our
products, we will likely need to reduce the cost of our products. We intend to
accomplish this by implementing design changes that lower the cost of
manufacturing, assembly and testing, by negotiating reduced charges by our
foundries as and if volumes increase, and by successfully managing our
manufacturing and subcontracting relationships. Because we do not operate our
own manufacturing, assembly or testing facilities, we may not be able to reduce
our costs as rapidly as companies that operate their own facilities. If we fail
to introduce lower cost versions of our products in a timely manner or to
successfully manage our manufacturing, assembly and testing relationships, our
business would be harmed.
    
 
EMPLOYEES
 
   
     As of April 30, 2000, we had a total of 256 employees, of which 108 were in
research and development, 61 in sales and marketing, 39 in operations and 48 in
general and administration. Our employees are not represented by any collective
bargaining agreements, and we have not experienced any work stoppage. We
consider our relations with our employees to be good.
    
 
FACILITIES
 
   
     Our primary facility, housing our research and design function as well as
elements of marketing and administration, is in Sunnyvale, California. This
facility consists of approximately 66,000 square feet and is leased until
February 15, 2002. In addition, our other subsidiaries in Singapore and Japan
have leased space for their operations. Based upon our estimates of future
hiring, we believe that these facilities will be inadequate to meet our
requirements past 2000. Accordingly, we will need to locate additional space in
California and may find it necessary to vacate our current locations. The
additional space we anticipate requiring may cost substantially more than our
existing space, and we may incur significant additional capital expenditures for
construction of tenant improvements.
    
                                       50

<PAGE>   52
 

                                   MANAGEMENT
 
   
     We are the parent of Marvell Semiconductor, Inc., a California corporation
we founded to develop proprietary technology and to provide selected support
services to us. Set forth below is certain information regarding the executive
officers, directors and some of the other officers of both Marvell Technology
Group Ltd. and Marvell Semiconductor, Inc. as of April 30, 2000.
    
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               NAME                 AGE                           POSITION
               ----                 ---                           --------
<S>                                 <C>   <C>
Diosdado P. Banatao(1)(2).........  53    Co-Chairman of the Board, Marvell Technology Group Ltd.
Sehat Sutardja....................  38    Co-Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive
                                          Officer, Marvell Technology Group Ltd.; President and
                                          Chief Executive Officer and Director of Marvell
                                          Semiconductor, Inc.
Weili Dai.........................  38    Executive Vice President, Corporate Assistant Secretary
                                          and Director of Marvell Technology Group Ltd.; Executive
                                          Vice President, General Manager of Data Communications
                                          Group and Director of Marvell Semiconductor, Inc.
Pantas Sutardja...................  37    Vice President and Director of Marvell Technology Group
                                          Ltd.; Chief Technology Officer and Director of Marvell
                                          Semiconductor, Inc.
George Hervey.....................  53    Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and
                                          Secretary, Marvell Technology Group Ltd.; Vice President
                                          of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Marvell
                                          Semiconductor, Inc.
Alan J. Armstrong.................  36    Vice President of Marketing, Data Storage, Marvell
                                          Semiconductor, Inc.
Gani Jusuf........................  37    Vice President of Product Development, Data
                                          Communications, Marvell Semiconductor, Inc.
Nersi Nazari......................  41    Vice President of Signal Processing Technology, Marvell
                                          Semiconductor, Inc.
George Papa.......................  51    Vice President of Sales, Data Communications, Marvell
                                          Semiconductor, Inc.
Larry L. Smith....................  59    Vice President of Sales, Data Storage, Marvell
                                          Semiconductor, Inc.
LeeChung Yiu......................  44    Vice President of Engineering, Marvell Semiconductor,
                                          Inc.
Stephen Zadig.....................  49    Vice President of Operations, Marvell Semiconductor, Inc.
Herbert Chang(1)(2)...............  37    Director, Marvell Technology Group Ltd.
John M. Cioffi(2).................  43    Director, Marvell Technology Group Ltd.
Paul R. Gray(2)...................  57    Director, Marvell Technology Group Ltd.
Ron Verdoorn(1)...................  49    Director, Marvell Technology Group Ltd.
</TABLE>

    
 
---------------
(1) Member of the Audit Committee.
 
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.
 
     DIOSDADO P. BANATAO has served as our Co-Chairman of the Board since
October 1995. Mr. Banatao has been a partner in Mayfield Fund, a venture capital
fund, since 1998. Prior to joining Mayfield Fund, Mr. Banatao founded S3,
Incorporated, a designer and manufacturer of graphics and video accelerators for
personal computers and related peripheral products, where he served as President
and Chief Executive Officer from 1989 until 1992 and Chairman from 1992 to 1998.
Mr. Banatao holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from
the Mapua Institute of Technology and a Master of Science degree in Electrical
Engineering and Computer Science from Stanford University.
 
     SEHAT SUTARDJA, one of our co-founders, has served as our President since
inception and as our Co-Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer since
August 1995. In addition, he has served
 
                                       51

<PAGE>   53
 
as President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Marvell Semiconductor,
Inc. since its founding. From 1989 until 1995, Dr. Sutardja served as a manager
and principal project engineer at 8X8 Inc., a designer and manufacturer of
digital communications products. Dr. Sutardja received his Master of Science and
Ph.D. degrees in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science from the University
of California at Berkeley. Dr. Sutardja is the husband of Weili Dai and the
brother of Dr. Pantas Sutardja.
 
   
     WEILI DAI, one of our co-founders, has served as our Vice President,
Corporate Assistant Secretary and one of our Directors since inception. Ms. Dai
was promoted from Vice President to Executive Vice President in 1996, which
position she currently holds. Ms. Dai has also served as Executive Vice
President and Director for Marvell Semiconductor, Inc. since its founding. As
Executive Vice President for Marvell Semiconductor, Inc., Ms. Dai is the General
Manager of the Data Communications Group and is also responsible for the
corporate business development and human resources functions. From 1992 until
1995, Ms. Dai was involved in software development and project management at
Canon Research Center America, Inc. Ms. Dai holds a Bachelor of Science degree
in Computer Science from the University of California at Berkeley. Ms. Dai is
the wife of Dr. Sehat Sutardja.
    
 
     PANTAS SUTARDJA, one of our co-founders, has served as our Vice President
and one of our Directors since inception, and as Vice President of Engineering
for Marvell Semiconductor, Inc. from its founding until 1999, when he was
appointed Chief Technology Officer. Dr. Sutardja has also been a Director of
Marvell Semiconductor, Inc. from inception. Previously, Dr. Sutardja served as
Research Staff Member at IBM Almaden Research Center from 1988 to 1994. Dr.
Sutardja holds Bachelor of Science, Master of Science and Ph.D. degrees in
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science from the University of California at
Berkeley. Dr. Sutardja is the brother of Dr. Sehat Sutardja.
 
   
     GEORGE HERVEY joined us in April 2000 as our Vice President of Finance and
Chief Financial Officer and in a similar capacity for Marvell Semiconductor,
Inc. From March 1997 to April 2000, Mr. Hervey served as Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary for Galileo Technology Ltd., which
manufactures chips which provide Ethernet switching capabilities for high
performance local area networks. From June 1992 to February 1997, Mr. Hervey was
Senior Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of S3 Incorporated,
a designer and manufacturer of graphics and video accelerators for personal
computers and related peripheral products. Mr. Hervey holds a Bachelor of
Science degree in Business Administration from the University of Rhode Island.
    
 
   
     ALAN ARMSTRONG has served as Vice President of Marketing, Data Storage for
Marvell Semiconductor since July 1999. From 1992 until 1999, Dr. Armstrong held
various positions at Cirrus Logic Inc., a designer and manufacturer of analog
and mixed signal circuits, most recently as Director of Product Planning and
Applications for Data Storage Products. Dr. Armstrong holds a Bachelor of
Science degree in Electrical Engineering from San Diego State University and
Master of Science and Ph.D. degrees in Electrical Engineering from the
University of California, San Diego.
    
 
     GANI JUSUF has served as Vice President of Product Development, Data
Communications, since February 2000. From 1998 to February 2000, Dr. Jusuf was a
Research and Development Manager for Agilent Technologies, Inc., a subsidiary of
Hewlett-Packard, which develops test, measurement and monitoring products and
devices. From 1995 to 1998, Dr. Jusuf served as Director of Engineering
responsible for product definition and development for Marvell Semiconductor,
Inc. Dr. Jusuf holds Bachelor of Science, Master of Science and Ph.D. degrees in
Electrical Engineering and Computer Science from the University of California at
Berkeley.
 
     NERSI NAZARI has served as Vice President of Signal Processing Technology
for Marvell Semiconductor, Inc. since October 1997. From 1994 until 1997, Dr.
Nazari served as Chief Technologist at GEC Plessey Semiconductors, a designer
and manufacturer of integrated circuits, including data storage and data
communications products. Dr. Nazari holds Bachelor of Science degrees in
Electrical Engineering and Mathematics from Southern Illinois University, a
Master of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of
Missouri, and a Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Colorado.
                                       52

<PAGE>   54
 
   
     GEORGE PAPA joined Marvell Semiconductor, Inc. in February 2000 as Vice
President of Sales, Data Communications. From 1997 until 2000, Mr. Papa served
as Vice President of Worldwide Sales for Level One Communications, Inc., a
subsidiary of Intel Corporation. From 1991 to 1997, Mr. Papa served as Vice
President of North American Sales for Siemens Corporation. Mr. Papa holds a
Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from Northeastern
University.
    
 
     LARRY SMITH has served as Vice President of Sales, Data Storage, for
Marvell Semiconductor, Inc. since September 1996. From 1981 until 1996, Mr.
Smith served as a manufacturing sales representative for a number of companies,
including Silicon Systems Inc., a company specializing in the development and
production of both analog and digital integrated circuits for data storage
applications.
 
     LEECHUNG YIU has served as Vice President of Engineering for Marvell
Semiconductor, Inc. since May 1999. From 1994 until 1997, Dr. Yiu served as the
Director of Engineering for SEEQ Technology Inc., a supplier of Ethernet data
communications products for networking applications. From 1997 until 1999, Dr.
Yiu was the Vice President of Engineering for Newave Semiconductor Corporation,
a privately held company developing integrated circuits for the
telecommunications market. Dr. Yiu holds a Bachelor of Science degree in
Electrical Engineering from National Taiwan University and Master of Science and
Ph.D. degrees in Electrical Engineering from the University of California at
Berkeley.
 
     STEPHEN ZADIG has served as the Vice President of Operations for Marvell
Semiconductor, Inc. since 1996. From 1995 to 1996, Mr. Zadig served as Vice
President of Operations for Paradigm Technology Inc., a designer and supplier of
high performance SRAM products. From 1990 until 1995, Mr. Zadig served as Vice
President of Operations for C-Cube Microsystems Inc., a company that designs and
markets integrated circuits that implement digital video encoding and decoding.
 
     HERBERT CHANG has served as one of our Directors since November 1996. Since
April 1996, Mr. Chang has been President of InveStar Capital, Inc., a technology
venture capital management firm based in Taiwan. From 1994 to 1996, Mr. Chang
was Senior Vice President of WK Technology Fund, a venture capital fund. Mr.
Chang serves as a director for NetIQ Corporation and Silicon Image, Inc. Mr.
Chang holds a Bachelor of Science degree from National Taiwan University and a
Master of Business Administration degree from National Chiao-Tung University in
Taiwan.
 
   
     JOHN M. CIOFFI has served as one of our Directors since March 2000. Dr.
Cioffi has been a professor of Electrical Engineering at Stanford University
since 1986. In 1991, he founded Amati Communications Corporation, which designs
and manufactures modems for Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Lines, and served as
the Chief Technology Officer until the company's acquisition by Texas
Instruments, Inc. in 1998. Dr. Cioffi is an IEEE fellow and serves as a director
for ITEX, and on the advisory boards of Coppercom, Gigabit Wireless, Kestrel
Solutions, Inc., Charter Ventures, Portview Communications Partners and Accel
Partners.
    
 
   
     PAUL R. GRAY has served as one of our Directors since March 2000. Dr. Gray
currently serves as the Dean of the College of Engineering at the University of
California at Berkeley and has been appointed as Executive Vice Chancellor and
Provost, effective July 2000. During his 28 year tenure with the University, Dr.
Gray has held numerous administrative posts, including Director of the
Electronics Research Laboratory, Vice Chairman of the EECS Department for
Computer Resources, and Chairman of the Department of Electrical Engineering and
Computer Sciences.
    
 
     RON VERDOORN has served as one of our Directors since January 1998. From
January 1999 to the present, Mr. Verdoorn has served as Executive Vice President
of Manufacturing for Affymetrix, Inc., a company specializing in the development
of technology for acquiring and managing complex genetic information for use in
biomedical research, genomics and clinical diagnostics. From 1997 to 1999, Mr.
Verdoorn served as an independent consultant to the hard disk drive industry.
From 1983 to 1997, Mr. Verdoorn held a number of positions with Seagate
Technology, Inc., most recently as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating
Officer of Storage Products. Mr. Verdoorn holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in
Sociology from Linfield College.
 
                                       53

<PAGE>   55
 
COMPOSITION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
   
     Our Bye-laws provide for two or more directors and the number of directors
is currently fixed at eight. Following the completion of this offering, our
Board of Directors will be divided into three classes, each serving staggered
three-year terms, which means that only one class of directors will be elected
at each annual meeting of shareholders, with the other classes continuing for
the remainder of their respective terms, and directors may only be removed for
cause by the holders of two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election
of directors. Our executive officers are elected by the Board of Directors and
serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors.
    
 
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
   
     We have a Compensation Committee comprised of Messrs. Banatao, Chang,
Cioffi and Gray and an Audit Committee comprised of Messrs. Banatao, Chang and
Verdoorn. The Compensation Committee has the authority to approve salaries and
bonuses and other compensation matters for our officers and consultants, to
approve employee health and benefit plans and to administer our stock option
plans. The Audit Committee, which is comprised of independent directors, has the
authority to recommend the appointment of our independent auditors and to review
the results and scope of audits, internal accounting controls and other
accounting related matters.
    
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
     None of our executive officers serves as a member of the Board of Directors
or Compensation Committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers
serving as a member of our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
     Our directors do not receive cash compensation for their service as
directors. Under our 1997 Directors' Stock Option Plan, each new non-employee
director will receive an option to purchase 180,000 shares of common stock upon
joining the Board of Directors. In addition, under the plan, each incumbent
non-employee director will be granted an option to purchase an additional 36,000
shares of our common stock annually. For a more detailed description of the 1997
Directors' Stock Option Plan see the discussion in this prospectus under the
heading "Management -- Compensation Plans."
 
                                       54

<PAGE>   56
 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The following table shows the cash compensation paid or accrued for the
fiscal year ended January 31, 2000 to our Chief Executive Officer and each of
our most highly compensated executive officers or former executive officers
other than the Chief Executive Officer. We did not make any restricted stock
awards or long-term incentive plan payments in the fiscal year ended January 31,
2000. The amount of cash compensation does not include the aggregate value of
personal benefits or securities, property or other non-cash compensation paid or
distributed other than pursuant to a plan that was less than the lesser of
$50,000 and ten percent (10%) of the cash compensation received by such officer.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 ANNUAL         ALL OTHER
                                                              COMPENSATION   COMPENSATION(1)
                                                              ------------   ---------------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
Sehat Sutardja..............................................    $100,000         $3,081
  Co-Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive
  Officer
Weili Dai...................................................     100,000          3,081
  Executive Vice President, Corporate Assistant Secretary
  and Director
Pantas Sutardja.............................................     100,000          3,081
  Vice President and Director
Gordon M. Steel(2)..........................................     165,000          3,081
  Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer
</TABLE>

    
 
---------------
(1) These amounts consist of discretionary profit sharing payments.
 
   
(2) Mr. Steel's employment with us terminated in April 2000.
    
 
FISCAL YEAR 2000 OPTIONS
 
   
     No stock options were granted to those executive officers listed in the
Summary Compensation Table for the year ended January 31, 2000. However, subject
to the approval of our Board of Directors, we expect to grant George Hervey
options to purchase 760,000 shares with an exercise price set at the fair market
value of the common stock on the grant date. We have never granted any stock
appreciation rights.
    
 
     None of those executive officers listed in the Summary Compensation Table
exercised stock options during fiscal 2000 or held unexercised options as of
January 31, 2000.
 
EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS AND CHANGE OF CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS
 
     We do not have employment agreements or change in control agreements with
any of our executive officers. Accordingly, our executive officers may resign at
any time and the employment of each executive officer may be terminated at any
time by the Board of Directors.
 
COMPENSATION PLANS
 
1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
   
     Our Board of Directors adopted our 1995 Stock Option Plan on April 18,
1995, and intends to amend it at a forthcoming board meeting to add flexibility
to the administration of the plan and to add certain other improvements. The
plan will terminate no later than April 18, 2005. The plan provides for the
grant of incentive stock options to our employees and nonstatutory stock options
to our employees, directors and consultants. Subject to adjustments for stock
splits and similar events, 29,500,000 shares of common stock may be issued under
the plan. As of April 30, 2000, 11,492,809 were subject to outstanding options
and 5,225,270 were available for future grant. As amended, the plan will provide
for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance on the first
day of
    
 
                                       55

<PAGE>   57
 
each year, beginning January 1, 2001, equal to the lesser of 5,000,000 shares,
5% of the outstanding shares on the date of the annual increase, or a number of
shares determined by our Board.
 
     Our Board or a committee appointed by the Board administers the stock
option plan and determines the terms of options granted, including the exercise
price, the number of shares subject to individual option awards and the vesting
period of options. The exercise price of nonstatutory options will generally be
at least the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The
exercise price of incentive stock options cannot be lower than 100% of the fair
market value of the common stock on the date of grant and, in the case of
incentive stock options granted to holders of more than 10% of our voting power,
not less than 110% of the fair market value. The term of an incentive stock
option cannot exceed ten years, and the term of an incentive stock option
granted to a holder of more than 10% of our voting power cannot exceed five
years.
 
     A participant may not transfer rights granted under our stock option plan
other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise
provided under the stock option plan. As amended, the plan will provide the
Board or committee with broad authority to adjust the treatment of options
granted under our stock option plan if we are acquired, including causing them
to accelerate and become fully exercisable, if the successor corporation does
not assume them or substitute equivalent options in their place. Our Board of
Directors may not amend, modify, or terminate the stock plan if the amendment,
modification, or termination would impair optionees' rights unless we first
obtain the prior written consent of all optionees who would be adversely
affected.
 
2000 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
     At a forthcoming board meeting, we intend to present for approval the 2000
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, the adoption of which shall be subject to
shareholder approval. The purchase plan will terminate no later than 20 years
after the Board approval. The purchase plan will provide our employees and those
of our participating subsidiaries an opportunity to purchase our common stock
through accumulated payroll deductions.
 
     A total of 1,000,000 shares of common stock will initially be reserved for
issuance under the purchase plan. In addition, the purchase plan will provide
for annual increases in the number of reserved shares on the first day of each
calendar year in the plan's term, beginning January 1, 2001, equal to the lesser
of 500,000 shares, 0.75% of the outstanding shares on the date of the annual
increase, or the amount the Board determines.
 
     Our Board of Directors or a committee appointed by the Board will
administer the purchase plan. The Board or committee will have full and
exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the purchase plan. In addition,
the Board will have the authority to amend or terminate the purchase plan at any
time.
 
     Employees will be eligible to participate if they are customarily employed
for at least 20 hours per week. However, an employee will not be eligible to
participate if immediately after the grant of a right to purchase stock under
the purchase plan, he or she would own stock with five percent or more of the
total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock, or if
and to the extent that, his or her rights to purchase stock under all of our
employee stock purchase plans accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of
stock per calendar year.
 
   
     The purchase plan will permit participants to purchase common stock though
payroll deductions of up to 20% of the participant's base compensation, which
will include regular straight-time gross earnings and exclude overtime, shift
premiums, incentive compensation or payments, bonuses, and commissions. However,
the Board or committee may set a maximum withholding percentage that is less
than 20%. Employees will participate in the purchase plan by enrolling in
"offering periods" of 24 months, unless determined otherwise by the plan
administrator. Each offering period will include four purchase periods. We
intend that the first offering period is to begin on the first trading day
before the effective date of this offering. An employee may be enrolled in only
one offering period at a time.
    
 
                                       56

<PAGE>   58
 
     On each purchase date, amounts that are deducted and accumulated for the
participant's account will be used to purchase shares of common stock at a price
of 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock at the first
day of the offering period and the purchase date. If the fair market value of
the common stock is lower on the purchase date than it was on the first day of
the offering period, then all participants in that offering period will
automatically be enrolled in the offering period that begins the next trading
day, and their participation in the prior offering period will be terminated. In
addition, if the fair market value of the common stock drops more than 25% from
one purchase date (the "benchmark date") to the next, the number of shares a
participant may purchase will be limited, unless the administrator determines
otherwise, to 75% of the number that could have been purchased at 85% of the
higher price. This limit will remain in place until the fair market value on a
purchase date has recovered to at least 75% of its level on the benchmark date.
 
     Participants will be able to reduce their withholding percentage, but not
below one percent, at any time during an offering period and will be able to
increase their withholding percentage effective the first day of each purchase
period. Participants will be able to end their participation, and will be repaid
their payroll deductions through that date, at any time during an offering
period. Participation will end automatically upon termination of employment.
 
     We intend the purchase plan to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal
Revenue Code, to allow favorable tax treatment of participants. In general, if a
participant in a qualified employee stock purchase plan holds stock purchased
under the plan for at least two years from the date he or she was granted the
right to purchase the stock and at least one year after the purchase, then upon
sale of the stock, (a) gain up to 15% of the value of the stock on the date the
purchase right was granted is taxable as ordinary income and (b) additional gain
is long-term capital gain.
 
     A participant will not be able to transfer rights granted under the
purchase plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as
otherwise provided under the purchase plan.
 
     The purchase plan will provide that, if we merge with or into another
corporation or a sale of substantially all of our assets, a successor
corporation may assume or substitute for each outstanding purchase right. If the
successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding
purchase rights, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a
new purchase date will be set.
 
1997 DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
     On January 28, 1997 our Board of Directors adopted the 1997 Directors'
Stock Option Plan and our shareholders approved the adoption of the plan on
August 5, 1997. The plan provides for the grant of nonstatutory stock options to
non-employee directors. A total of 900,000 shares of our common stock have been
reserved for issuance under the director plan.
 
     The 1997 Directors' Stock Option Plan provides that each non-employee
director will automatically be granted an option to purchase 180,000 shares of
our common stock on the date that he or she first becomes a non-employee
director. In addition, each non-employee director will automatically be granted
an option to purchase 36,000 shares on the date of each annual shareholders'
meeting if at that time he or she will have served on the Board of Directors for
at least the preceding six months. The term of each option shall not exceed ten
years. Under the plan, the initial grant of 180,000 shares of common stock vests
over five years with the first 20% vesting at the end of the first year and one
sixtieth of the total vesting each month thereafter. Each subsequent grant of
36,000 shares begins to vest with 20% on the day that is one month after the
fourth anniversary of the date of the grant and one twelfth of the total vests
each month thereafter. In addition, upon a merger or the sale of substantially
all of our assets, adoption of a plan of liquidation, dissolution, consolidation
or reorganization all unvested options shall immediately vest and we will give
each director a reasonable time thereafter to exercise his or her option.
Alternatively, we may grant the director the right to exercise the option,
whether or not vested, for an equivalent number of shares of the company
acquiring our business by reason of such transaction.
                                       57

<PAGE>   59
 
     The exercise price of each option granted under the 1997 Directors' Stock
Option Plan will be 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock,
on the date of grant. Each option will have a maximum term of 10 years, but will
terminate earlier if the director ceases to be a member of the Board of
Directors. The Board of Directors may amend the plan without shareholder
approval unless shareholder approval is required under applicable law.
 
401(K) PLAN
 
   
     We sponsor a defined contribution plan intended to qualify under Section
401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Most employees are eligible to participate
and may enter at any time during the year. Participants may make pre-tax
contributions to the plan of up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit.
Participants are fully vested in their contributions and the investment
earnings. The plan permits us to make discretionary matching contributions. To
date, we have not made matching contributions under the plan.
    
 
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND LIMITATION ON LIABILITY
 
     Bermuda law permits a company to indemnify its directors and officers,
except for any acts of fraud or dishonesty. We have provided in our Bye-laws
that our directors and officers will be indemnified and held harmless out of our
assets from and against any and all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and
expenses by reason of any act or omission in the discharge of their duty, other
than in the case of fraud or dishonesty.
 
     Bermuda law and our Bye-laws also permit us to purchase insurance for the
benefit of our directors and officers against any liability incurred by them for
the failure to exercise the requisite care, diligence and skill in the exercise
of their powers and the discharge of their duties, and to indemnify them in
respect of any loss arising or liability incurred by them other than in respect
of fraud or dishonesty.
 
   
     To the extent that our directors, officers and controlling persons are
indemnified under the provisions contained in our Bye-laws, Bermuda law or
contractual arrangements against liabilities arising under the Securities Act,
we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
    
 
     We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our officers and
directors. To the extent permitted by law, the indemnification agreements may
require us, among other things, to indemnify our officers and directors against
certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as
officers or directors (other than liabilities arising from fraud or dishonesty)
and to advance expenses they incurred as a result of any proceedings against
them as to which they could be indemnified.
 
     There is currently no pending litigation or proceeding involving an officer
or director that will require or permit us to provide indemnification. We are
not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim
for such indemnification.
 
                                       58

<PAGE>   60
 

                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
     Since January 1997, there has not been nor is there currently proposed any
transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or will be a
party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $60,000 and in which
any director, executive officer, holder of more than 5% of our stock or any
member of his or her immediate family had or will have a direct or indirect
material interest, except as noted below.
 
ISSUANCES OF OPTIONS AND PURCHASES OF COMMON STOCK
 
   
     From January 1, 1997 through April 30, 2000, we granted options for the
purchase of and issued shares of our common stock as follows:
    
 
     - In January 1997, we granted Diosdado Banatao an option to purchase
       180,000 shares at an exercise price per share of $0.05.
 
     - In January 1997, we granted Herbert Chang an option to purchase 180,000
       shares at an exercise price per share of $0.05. In June 1997, Mr. Chang
       exercised all of the options.
 
   
     - In January 1998, we granted Ron Verdoorn options to purchase an aggregate
       of 630,000 shares at an exercise price per share of $0.25. In March 2000,
       Mr. Verdoorn exercised all of the options.
    
 
     - In December 1999, we granted Dr. John Cioffi options to purchase 180,000
       shares at an exercise price per share of $2.00. In January 2000, Dr.
       Cioffi exercised all of the options.
 
     - In December 1999, we granted Dr. Paul Gray options to purchase 180,000
       shares at an exercise price per share of $2.00. In January 2000, Dr. Gray
       exercised 36,000 of these options.
 
   
     The exercise prices of the options represent the estimate by our Board of
Directors of the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date. In
establishing these prices, the Board of Directors considered many factors,
including our financial condition and operating results, transactions involving
the issuances of shares of our preferred stock, the senior rights and
preferences accorded shares of preferred stock and the market for comparable
stocks.
    
 
   
     Subject to the approval of our Board of Directors, we expect to grant
George Hervey options to purchase 760,000 shares with an exercise price set at
the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date.
    
 
     Except as set forth above, none of our executive officers, directors or 5%
shareholders received options to purchase or purchased our common stock during
this period.
 
CONVERTIBLE NOTE FINANCING AND SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK
 
   
     In June 1997 we sold an aggregate of $2.2 million in convertible promissory
notes and warrants to purchase 76,542 Series D preferred shares to 6 accredited
investors. The exercise price for the warrants was $4.33 per share. The
promissory notes were cancelled in December 1997, and the accrued indebtedness,
consisting of principal and interest, was converted to Series D preferred stock
at conversion price of $4.33 per share. Concurrent with the conversion of the
convertible promissory notes, during the period December 1997 through February
1998 we sold additional shares of Series D preferred stock to investors at a
purchase price of $4.33 per share. Set forth below is a description of the
warrants and shares of Series D preferred stock issued to our officers,
directors and 5% shareholders.
    
 
     - In December 1997, InveStar Burgeon Venture Capital, Inc., purchased
       119,330 shares of Series D Preferred for the cancellation of $517,094.50
       in accrued indebtedness under a convertible promissory note issued in
       June 1997, and we granted to InveStar Burgeon Venture Capital, Inc. a
       warrant to purchase 17,307 shares of Series D preferred stock.
 
                                       59

<PAGE>   61
 
   
     - In December 1997, InveStar Semiconductor Development Fund, Inc. purchased
       469,428 shares of Series D preferred stock for $999,999 in cash and
       cancellation of $1,034,189 in accrued indebtedness under a convertible
       promissory note issued in June 1997, and we issued to InveStar
       Semiconductor Development Fund, Inc. a warrant to purchase 34,616 shares
       of Series D preferred stock.
    
 
   
     - In December 1997, Sehat Sutardja and Weili Dai purchased 23,078 shares of
       Series D preferred stock for cash.
    
 
   
     - In December 1997, InveStar Dayspring Venture Capital, Inc. purchased
       115,385 shares of Series D preferred stock for cash.
    
 
   
     - In February 1998, InveStar Semiconductor Development, Inc. purchased
       92,309 shares of Series D preferred stock for cash.
    
 
   
     - In February 1998, InveStar Dayspring Venture Capital, Inc. purchased
       46,154 shares of Series D preferred stock for cash.
    
 
   
     - In February 1998, Forefront Venture Partners, L.P., purchased 46,154
       shares of Series D preferred stock for cash.
    
 
   
     - In February 1998, InveStar Excelsus Venture Capital, Inc. purchased
       46,154 shares of Series D preferred stock for cash.
    
 
   
     - In February 1998, Ron Verdoorn purchased 8,078 shares of Series D
       preferred stock for cash.
    
 
   
     All share numbers and exercise prices for common stock have been adjusted
to reflect the 50% stock dividend in June 1998 and the two 100% common stock
dividends approved by our shareholders on March 17, 2000. All share numbers and
exercise prices for preferred stock have been adjusted to reflect the 50% stock
dividend in June 1998. Although the number of shares of Series D preferred stock
was not affected by the two 100% common stock dividends approved by our
shareholders on March 17, 2000, as a result of the stock dividends, each share
of Series D preferred stock automatically adjusted and became convertible into
four shares of common stock.
    
 
   
     InveStar Capital, Inc. acted as placement agent for several sales of the
Series D preferred stock. As consideration for such services, we paid a cash fee
equal to 6% of the value of the securities placed by InveStar Capital, Inc., or
approximately $141,000, and issued to InveStar Capital, Inc. warrants to
purchase 10,825 shares of Series D preferred stock.
    
 
   
     We have entered into an investor rights agreement with each of the
purchasers of our preferred stock and common stock warrant holders, including
those set forth above. Under this agreement, these stockholders are entitled to
registration rights with respect to their shares of common stock issuable upon
conversion of the preferred stock. If we decide to register securities, the
registration rights provided in the agreement permit the holders of the rights
to participate in the registration. However any managing underwriter for the
offering may limit the shares the holders can register. In our initial public
offering the underwriters can exclude the holders from participating and have
done so in this offering. In future offerings the underwriters can limit the
holders participation to 25% of the securities we are offering.
    
 
DIRECTOR AFFILIATIONS
 
     Our director Ronald Verdoorn was employed by Seagate Technology, Inc. from
May 1983 through September 1997, most recently as Executive Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer of Storage Products. Seagate represented 21% of our net
revenue in fiscal 1998, 43% of our net revenue in fiscal 1999 and 24% of our net
revenue in fiscal 2000.
 
                                       60

<PAGE>   62
 
                             PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
 
   
     The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial
ownership of our common stock as of April 30, 2000, and as adjusted to reflect
the sale of the shares in this offering for:
    
 
      - each person known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our
        outstanding shares;
 
      - each director and executive officer; and
 
      - all directors and executive officers as a group.
 
   
     The percentage of beneficial ownership for the following table is based on
76,211,425 shares of our common stock outstanding on April 30, 2000, assuming
the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock.
The percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering also assumes
82,211,425 shares of common stock outstanding after completion of this offering,
and assumes no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional
shares in the offering. Unless otherwise indicated, to our knowledge, all
persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to their
shares of common stock, except to the extent authority is shared by spouses
under applicable law.
    
 
   
     The number of shares beneficially owned by each shareholder is determined
in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and are
not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under
these rules, beneficial ownership includes those shares of common stock that the
shareholder has sole or shared voting of investment power and any shares of
common stock that the shareholder has a right to acquire within sixty (60) days
after April 30, 2000 through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right.
The percentage ownership of the outstanding common stock, however, is based on
the assumption, expressly required by the rules of the Securities and Exchange
Commission, that only the person or entity whose ownership is being reported has
converted options or warrants into shares of common stock. Although the number
of shares of preferred stock was not affected by the two 100% common stock
dividends approved by our shareholders on March 17, 2000, as a result of the
stock dividends, each share of preferred stock automatically adjusted and became
convertible into four shares of common stock.
    
 
     Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each person owning more than 5%
of our outstanding shares is c/o Marvell Semiconductor, Inc., 645 Almanor
Avenue, Sunnyvale, CA 94086.
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    SHARES BENEFICIALLY     SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                        OWNED PRIOR                OWNED
                                                        TO OFFERING            AFTER OFFERING
                                                    --------------------    --------------------
       NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER           NUMBER     PERCENT      NUMBER     PERCENT
       ------------------------------------         ----------   -------    ----------   -------
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND 5% SHAREHOLDERS:
Entities Affiliated with InveStar Capital,
  Inc.(1).........................................   8,730,640    11.4%      8,730,640    10.6%
  1737 North First Street
  San Jose, CA 95112
Sehat Sutardja(2).................................  24,092,312    31.6%     24,092,312    29.3%
Weili Dai(2)......................................  24,092,312    31.6%     24,092,312    29.3%
Pantas Sutardja...................................  12,000,000    15.7%     12,000,000    14.6%
Gordon M. Steel(3)................................     480,000       *         480,000       *
Diosdado P. Banatao(4)............................   6,879,208     9.0%      6,879,208     8.4%
  2800 Sand Hill Road, #250
  Menlo Park, CA 94025
Herbert Chang(1)..................................   8,730,640    11.4%      8,730,640    10.6%
  3600 Pruneridge Avenue, Suite 300
  Santa Clara, CA 95051
John M. Cioffi....................................     180,000       *         180,000       *
Paul R. Gray(5)...................................     180,000       *         180,000       *
Ron Verdoon.......................................     662,312       *         662,312       *
Executive Officers and Directors
  as a Group (9 persons)(6).......................  54,339,472    71.3%     54,339,472    66.1%
</TABLE>

    
 
                                       61

<PAGE>   63
 
---------------
 *  Less than one percent
 
   
(1) Represents 161,539 shares of Series D Preferred Stock held by InveStar
    Dayspring Venture Capital, Inc., 46,154 shares of Series D Preferred Stock
    held by InveStar Excelsus Venture Capital (Int'l), Inc., 570,000 shares of
    Series C Preferred Stock, 561,737 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and a
    warrant to purchase 34,615 shares of Series D Preferred Stock held by
    InveStar Semiconductor Development Fund, Inc., 569,999 shares of Series C
    Preferred Stock, 119,330 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and a warrant to
    purchase 17,307 shares of Series D Preferred Stock held by InveStar Burgeon
    Venture Capital, Inc., 46,154 shares of Series D Preferred Stock held by
    Forefront Venture Partners L.P., and warrants to purchase 10,825 shares of
    Series D preferred stock issued to InveStar Capital, Inc. Herbert Chang is
    the President of InveStar Capital, Inc., which is the investment manager of
    each of InveStar Dayspring Venture Capital, Inc., InveStar Excelsus Venture
    Capital (Int'l), Inc., InveStar Semiconductor Development Fund, Inc., and
    InveStar Burgeon Venture Capital, Inc. Mr. Chang is also the managing
    director of Forefront Associates LLC, which is the general partner of
    Forefront Venture Partners, L.P. Mr. Chang disclaims beneficial ownership of
    these shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest, if any.
    
 
   
(2) Dr. Sutardja and Ms. Dai are husband and wife. Includes 9,000,000 shares
    held by Dr. Sutardja, of which Ms. Dai may be deemed to be a beneficial
    owner, although Ms. Dai disclaims such beneficial ownership, 9,000,000
    shares held by Ms. Dai, of which Dr. Sutardja may be deemed to be a
    beneficial owner, although Dr. Sutardja disclaims such beneficial ownership,
    23,078 shares of Series D Preferred Stock convertible into 92,312 common
    shares held jointly by Dr. Sutardja and Ms. Dai, and 6,000,000 shares held
    by Dr. Sutardja and Ms. Dai as trustees of the Sutardja Family Trust dated
    September 16, 1996. Dr. Sutardja and Ms. Dai disclaim beneficial ownership
    of the 6,000,000 shares held by the Sutardja Family Trust, except to the
    extent of their pecuniary interest, if any.
    
 
   
(3) Includes 240,000 shares held by each of Mr. Steel's two children. Mr. Steel
    disclaims beneficial ownership of the 480,000 shares held by his children,
    except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any. Mr. Steel's
    employment with us terminated in April 2000.
    
 
   
(4) Includes 15,711 shares held by Mr. Banatao's minor children. Mr. Banatao may
    be deemed to be a beneficial owner of these shares, although Mr. Banatao
    disclaims such beneficial ownership. Also includes 1,680,000 shares subject
    to stock options that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable
    within 60 days after April 30, 2000.
    
 
   
(5) Includes 144,000 shares subject to stock options that are currently
    exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days after April 30, 2000.
    
 
   
(6) Includes 1,839,000 shares subject to stock options that are currently
    exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days after April 30, 2000.
    
 
                                       62

<PAGE>   64
 

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
     Our authorized share capital consists of $500,000, divided into 242,000,000
shares of common stock, $0.002 par value per share, and 8,000,000 shares of
preferred stock, $0.002 par value per share.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
   
     As of April 30, 2000, there were 76,211,425 shares of our common stock
issued and outstanding, held of record by approximately 258 shareholders. The
number of shares of common stock outstanding has been adjusted to reflect the
conversion when this offering closes of 6,632,376 outstanding shares of
preferred stock into 26,529,504 shares of common stock, at a conversion ratio of
four shares of common stock for each share of preferred stock. In the event of
our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock would be
entitled to receive all of our assets, pro rata, after payment of all our debts
and liabilities, and any liquidation payment that we may be required to pay to
our preferred shareholders on the date of liquidation. The shares of common
stock do not have preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights
and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions. The outstanding shares
of common stock are, and the shares of common stock offered hereby, when issued
and upon our receipt of the full purchase price therefore, will be, fully paid
and nonassessable.
    
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
     The Board of Directors is authorized to issue up to 8,000,000 shares of
preferred stock in one or more series. The Board of Directors may, without any
further approval of our shareholders:
 
      - fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the
        preferred stock, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion
        rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, and
        liquidation preferences; and
 
      - fix the number of shares and designation of any series of preferred
        stock.
 
     Although the Board of Directors presently does not intend to do so, it
could issue shares of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights which
could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of
common stock, including the loss of voting control to others, without obtaining
further approval of our shareholders. The issuance of shares of preferred stock
could delay or prevent a change in control of this company, without further
action by our shareholders.
 
BERMUDA LAW
 
     We were incorporated as an exempted Bermuda company under The Companies
Act, 1981 of Bermuda. This means that we are exempted from the provisions of
Bermuda law which stipulate that at least 60% of our equity must be beneficially
owned by Bermudians. The rights of our shareholders, including those persons who
will become our shareholders in connection with this offering, are governed by
Bermuda law, our Memorandum of Association and Bye-laws. The following is a
summary of certain provisions of Bermuda law and our organizational documents.
Because this summary does not contain all of the information set forth in the
Bermuda law provisions or our organizational documents, we encourage you to read
those documents.
 
     DIVIDENDS. Bermuda law authorizes a company to declare or pay a dividend or
make a distribution out of contributed surplus, unless,
 
      - the company would not be able to pay its debts as they become due, or
 
      - the realizable value of the company's total assets would thereby be less
        than the aggregate of its liabilities and its issued share capital and
        share premium accounts.
 
                                       63

<PAGE>   65
 
   
     VOTING RIGHTS. Unless otherwise provided by the Companies Act or a
company's bye-laws, under Bermuda law, questions brought before a general
meeting of shareholders are decided by the vote of a majority of the
shareholders present at the meeting. Each shareholder has one vote, regardless
of the number of shares held, unless a poll is requested. If a poll is
requested, each shareholder present in person or by proxy has one vote for each
share held. A poll may be requested by:
    
 
      - the chairman of the meeting,
 
      - at least three shareholders present in person or by proxy,
 
      - any shareholder or shareholders present in person or represented by
        proxy and holding between them not less than one-tenth of the total
        voting rights of all the shareholders having the right to vote, or
 
      - any shareholder or shareholders present in person or represented by
        proxy holding shares conferring the right to vote at the meeting, and
        the total paid up on those shares has been paid up equal to at least
        one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all shares conferring the right to
        vote at the meeting.
 
   
     At our annual general meeting in May 2000, we intend to seek the approval
of our shareholders of an amendment and restatement of our Bye-laws requiring
two-thirds of the outstanding shares to approve amendments to the provisions of
our Bye-laws.
    
 
     RIGHTS IN LIQUIDATION. Under Bermuda law, in the event of liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of a company, the proceeds of such liquidation,
dissolution or winding up are distributed pro rata among the holders of common
stock, after satisfaction in full of all claims of creditors and subject to the
preferential rights accorded to any series of preferred stock.
 
     MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS. Under Bermuda law, a company is required to
convene at least one general shareholders' meeting per calendar year. Bermuda
law provides that a special general meeting must be called by the board of
directors and must be called upon the request of shareholders holding not less
than 10% of such of the paid-up capital of the company having the right to vote.
Bermuda law also requires that shareholders be given at least five days' advance
notice of a general meeting, but the accidental omission of notice to any person
does not invalidate the proceedings at such meeting. Our Bye-laws require at
least five days' notice be given to each shareholder of the annual general
meeting and of any special general meeting.
 
     Under Bermuda law, the number of shareholders constituting a quorum at any
general meeting of shareholders is determined by the bye-laws of the company.
Our Bye-laws provide that two persons present in person and representing in
person or by proxy at least 50% of the total issued voting shares constitutes a
quorum.
 
     ACCESS TO BOOKS AND RECORDS AND DISSEMINATION OF INFORMATION. Members of
the general public have the right to inspect the public documents of a company
available at the office of the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda. These
documents include:
 
      - our Memorandum of Association (including its objects and powers), and
 
      - any amendment of our Memorandum of Association.
 
     In addition, our shareholders have the right to inspect:
 
      - our Bye-laws,
 
      - our minutes of general meetings, and
 
      - our audited financial statements, which must be presented at the annual
        general meeting.
 
     Our register of shareholders is also open to inspection by our shareholders
without charge and to members of the general public, upon the payment of a fee.
We are required to maintain our share
                                       64

<PAGE>   66
 
register in Bermuda but may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act,
establish a branch register outside Bermuda. We are required to keep at our
registered office a register of our directors and officers which is open for
inspection for not less than two hours each day by members of the public without
charge. However, Bermuda law does not provide a general right for shareholders
to inspect or obtain copies of any other corporate records.
 
     ELECTION OR REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS. Under Bermuda law and our Bye-laws,
directors are elected at the annual general meeting for a term of one year or
until their successors are elected or appointed, unless they resign or are
earlier removed.
 
     Under Bermuda law, unless otherwise provided in a company's bye-laws, a
director may be removed at a special general meeting of shareholders
specifically called for that purpose, provided that the director was served with
at least 14 days' notice of the meeting. The director has a right to be heard at
such meeting. Any vacancy created by the removal of a director at a special
general meeting may be filled at such meeting by the election of another
director in his or her place or, in the absence of any such election, by the
board of directors.
 
   
     At our annual general meeting in May 2000, we intend to seek the approval
of our shareholders of an amendment and restatement of our Bye-laws providing
for a classified Board of Directors with staggered terms and limiting the
removal of directors without cause.
    
 
     AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION AND BYE-LAWS. Bermuda law provides
that the memorandum of association of a company may be amended by a resolution
passed at a general meeting of shareholders after due notice has been given. An
amendment to the memorandum of association, other than an amendment which alters
or reduces a company's share capital, also requires the approval of the Bermuda
Minister of Finance, who may grant or withhold approval at his or her
discretion. The directors may amend the bye-laws, but the amendment must be
approved by the shareholders at a general meeting.
 
     Under Bermuda law, the holders of a total of at least 20% in par value of
any class of a company's issued share capital have the right to apply to the
Bermuda courts for an annulment of any amendment of the memorandum of
association adopted by shareholders at any general meeting, other than an
amendment which alters or reduces a company's share capital as provided in the
Companies Act. Where such an application is made, the amendment becomes
effective only to the extent that it is confirmed by the Bermuda courts. An
application for annulment of any amendment of the memorandum of association must
be made within 21 days after the date on which the resolution altering the
company's memorandum is passed and may be made on behalf of the persons entitled
to make the application by one or more of their number as they may appoint in
writing for that purpose. No such application may be made by persons voting in
favor of the amendment.
 
     APPRAISAL RIGHTS AND SHAREHOLDER SUITS. Under Bermuda law, in the event of
a consolidation or amalgamation of two companies, a shareholder who is not
satisfied that fair value has been offered for his or her shares may apply to
the Bermuda courts to appraise the fair value of his or her shares. The
amalgamation of a company with another company requires the approval of the
amalgamation agreement by the board of directors and by the shareholders, and of
the holders of each class of such shares.
 
   
     Class actions and derivative actions are not available to shareholders
under Bermuda law except in the circumstances described below. The Bermuda
courts would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an
action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong done to the company where the
act complained of is alleged:
    
 
      - to be beyond the corporate power of the company,
 
   
      - to be illegal,
    
 
   
      - to violate the company's memorandum of association or bye-laws, or
    
 
   
      - to involve the fraud or dishonesty of a director or officer.
    
 
                                       65

<PAGE>   67
 
     Furthermore, consideration would be given by the Bermuda courts to acts
that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for
instance where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the
company's shareholders than those who actually approve it.
 
     When the affairs of a company are being conducted in a manner oppressive or
prejudicial to the interests of some of the shareholders, one or more
shareholders may apply to the Bermuda courts for an order to regulate the
company's conduct of affairs in the future or order the purchase of the shares
by any shareholder, by other shareholders or by the company.
 
WARRANTS
 
   
     We have issued the following warrants:
    
 
   
     - a warrant to purchase 45,000 shares of Series D preferred stock, which
       will be replaced with a warrant to purchase 180,000 shares of common
       stock at the closing of this offering;
    
 
   
     - a warrant to purchase 60,000 shares of common stock; and
    
 
   
     - warrants to purchase 91,353 shares of Series D preferred stock that
       expire upon the closing of this offering if not exercised.
    
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
   
     Pursuant to the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement dated September 10,
1999, with our preferred shareholders and warrant holders and their transferees
receiving at least 200,000 shares, after this offering the holders of 27,044,912
shares of common stock will have rights with respect to the registration of
their respective shares under the Securities Act. Under the terms of the
agreement, if we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities
Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders
exercising registration rights, such holders are entitled to notice of such
registration and are entitled to include their common stock in the registration.
Six months following the effective date of this offering, these shareholders may
also require us to file a registration statement under the Securities Act at our
expense with respect to their shares of common stock, and we are required to use
our best efforts to effect such registration. These shareholders have the right
to request up to two such registration statements. Further, such shareholders
may require us to file additional registration statements on Form S-3 or its
equivalent at our expense. Each of these rights is subject to conditions and
limitations, including the right of the underwriters of an offering to limit the
number of shares included in such offering under various circumstances.
    
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
 
   
     We intend to seek the approval of our shareholders at our annual general
meeting in May 2000, for an amendment to our Bye-laws. The amendment will
implement provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or
discouraging another person from acquiring control of us. These provisions
include:
    
 
     - following the completion of this offering, the approval of holders of
       two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors
       shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal our Bye-laws regarding the
       election and removal of directors;
 
     - shareholders may only fill vacancies on the board when no quorum of
       directors remains;
 
     - following the completion of this offering, our Board of Directors will be
       divided into three classes, each serving staggered three-year terms,
       which means that only one class of directors will be elected at each
       annual meeting of shareholders, with the other classes continuing for the
       remainder of their respective terms, and directors may only be removed
       for cause by the holders of two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at
       an election of directors; and
 
                                       66

<PAGE>   68
 
     - we will indemnify officers and directors against losses that they may
       incur in investigations and legal proceedings resulting from their
       services to us, which may include services in connection with takeover
       defense measures.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
     The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                .
 
LISTING
 
   
     We have applied to have our common stock listed for quotation on the Nasdaq
National Market under the trading symbol "MRVL".
    
 
                                       67

<PAGE>   69
 
                     CERTAIN FOREIGN ISSUER CONSIDERATIONS
 
     There are no limitations on the rights of foreign nationals or persons
non-resident in Bermuda who own our common stock to hold or vote their shares.
Because we have been designated as a non-resident for Bermuda exchange control
purposes, there are no restrictions in Bermuda on our ability to transfer funds
in and out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to United States residents who are
holders of our common stock other than in respect of local Bermuda currency.
 
   
     In the case of an applicant acting in a special capacity such as an
executor or trustee, at the request of the applicant, common stock certificates
may record the capacity in which the applicant is acting. Notwithstanding the
recording of any such special capacity, we are not bound to investigate or incur
any responsibility in respect of the proper administration of any estate or
trust. We will not take notice of any trust applicable to any of its shares
whether or not we had notice of the trust.
    
 
   
     Under Bermuda law, we are an exempted company. This means that we are
exempted from the provisions of Bermuda law that stipulate that at least 60% of
the equity must be beneficially owned by Bermudians. Consents under The Exchange
Control Act, 1972 of Bermuda and the regulations under that Act have been
obtained for the issue and subsequent transfer of the shares of common stock
offered by this prospectus to and among persons not resident in Bermuda for
exchange control purposes. For exchange control purposes, persons regarded as
residents of Bermuda require specific consent under The Exchange Control Act
1972 to purchase shares. The Companies Act permits companies to adopt bye-law
provisions relating to the transfer of shares. There are no limitations imposed
by Bermuda law, our Memorandum of Association or our Bye-laws, on the right of
foreign nationals or nonresidents of Bermuda to hold or vote shares of our
common stock for purposes of Section 28 of the Companies Act, which requires
that a filing state the minimum subscription that needs to be raised in an
offering. There is no minimum subscription which must be raised in this
offering.
    
 
     As an exempted company, we may not, unless authorized by our Memorandum of
Association or any other act, participate in certain business transactions,
including:
 
      - the acquisition or holding of land in Bermuda, except as required for
        our business and held by way of lease or tenancy for terms of not more
        than 50 years;
 
      - the taking of mortgages on land in Bermuda; or
 
      - the carrying on of business of any kind in Bermuda, except in
        furtherance of our business carried on outside Bermuda or under a
        license granted by the Bermuda Minister of Finance.
 
     The Bermuda government actively encourages foreign investment in exempted
entities which, like us, are based in Bermuda but do not operate in competition
with local business. In addition to having no restrictions on the degree of
foreign ownership, we are not subject to taxes on its income or dividends or to
any foreign exchange controls in Bermuda. In addition, there is no capital gains
tax in Bermuda, and we can accumulate, as required, without limitation.
 
   
     We have been advised by our legal advisor in Bermuda, Conyers, Dill &
Pearman, that the United States and Bermuda do not currently have a treaty
providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil
and commercial matters and that a final judgment for the payment of money
rendered by any federal or state court in the United States based on civil
liability, whether or not based solely on United States federal securities laws,
would, therefore, not be automatically enforceable in Bermuda.
    
 
     Nevertheless, a final and conclusive judgment obtained in a state court or
federal court of the United States based upon a contractual obligation under
which a sum of money is payable could be enforced by an action in the Supreme
Court of Bermuda, without reexamination of the merits, under the common law
doctrine of obligation. A final opinion as to the availability of this remedy
could only be given when the facts surrounding the judgment were known but, on
general principles, we would
 
                                       68

<PAGE>   70
 
expect an application to be successful on the basis of advice from our legal
advisor in Bermuda, provided that the judgment:
 
      - was final and conclusive;
 
      - was not obtained by fraud;
 
      - was not and its enforcement would not be contrary to public policy of
        Bermuda;
 
      - was obtained in circumstances where the proceedings were not contrary to
        the rules of natural justice; and
 
      - was the subject of the correct procedures under the law of Bermuda for
        its enforcement.
 
     A Bermuda court may impose civil liability on us or our directors or
officers in a suit brought in the Supreme Court of Bermuda against us or those
persons with respect to a violation of United States securities law, provided
that the facts surrounding the violation would constitute or give rise to a
cause of action under Bermuda law.
 
   
     Comparison of Bermuda and Delaware Law. The discussion that follows sets
forth a comparison of various issues that affect shareholders under the law of
the state of Delaware, the state most often chosen as the state of incorporation
for U.S. public corporations, and Bermuda law.
    
 
   
     Interested Directors. Bermuda law and our Bye-Laws provide that any
transaction entered into by us in which a director has an interest is not
voidable by us nor can the director be liable to us for any profit realized
pursuant to the transaction provided that the nature of the director's interest
is disclosed at the first opportunity at a meeting of our directors, or in
writing to our directors. Under Delaware law a transaction with an interested
director would not be voidable if:
    
 
   
     - the material facts of the interested director's relationship or interests
       are disclosed or are known to the board of directors and the board in
       good faith authorizes the transaction by the affirmative vote of a
       majority of the disinterested directors;
    
 
   
     - the material facts are disclosed or are known to the stockholders
       entitled to vote on the transaction and the transaction is specifically
       approved in good faith by vote of the majority of shares entitled to vote
       on the matter; or
    
 
   
     - the transaction is fair to the corporation as of the time it is
       authorized, approved or ratified.
    
 
   
     Under Delaware law, the interested director could be held liable for a
transaction in which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
    
 
   
     Mergers and Similar Arrangements. We may acquire the business of another
Bermuda exempted company or a company incorporated outside Bermuda when the
business acquired is within the business purpose set forth in our Memorandum of
Association. We may, with the approval of a majority of votes cast at a general
meeting of our shareholders at which a quorum is present, amalgamate with
another Bermuda company or with a company incorporated outside Bermuda. In the
case of an amalgamation, a shareholder may apply to a Bermuda court for a proper
valuation of the shareholder's shares if the shareholder is not satisfied that a
fair value has been paid for his or her shares. The Bermuda court ordinarily
would not disapprove the transaction on the ground that fair value was not paid
absent evidence of fraud or bad faith. Under Delaware law, with certain
exceptions, a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all the
assets of a corporation must be approved by the board of directors and a
majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the matter. Under
Delaware law, a stockholder of a corporation participating in defined major
corporate transactions may be entitled to appraisal rights pursuant to which the
stockholder may seek to receive cash in the amount of the fair value of the
shares held by the stockholder, as determined by a court, instead of the
consideration the stockholder would otherwise receive in the transaction.
    
 
   
     Takeovers. Bermuda law provides that where an offer is made for shares of a
company and, within four months of the offer, the holders of not less than 90%
of the shares which are the subject
    
                                       69

<PAGE>   71
 
   
of the offer accept, the offeror may by notice require the nontendering
shareholders to transfer their shares on the terms of the offer. Dissenting
shareholders may apply to the Bermuda court within one month of the notice
objecting to the transfer. The burden is on the dissenting shareholders to show
that the court should exercise its discretion to enjoin the required transfer,
which a court will be unlikely to do unless there is evidence of fraud or bad
faith or collusion between the offeror and the holders of the shares who have
accepted the offer as a means of unfairly forcing out minority shareholders.
Delaware law provides that a parent corporation, by resolution of its board of
directors and without any shareholder vote, may merge with any subsidiary of
which it owns at least 90% of each class of capital stock. Upon that merger,
dissenting stockholders of the subsidiary would have appraisal rights.
    
 
   
     Shareholder's Suit. The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law are not as
extensive as the rights of shareholders under legislation or judicial precedent
in many United States jurisdictions. Class actions and derivative actions are
available to shareholders under the laws of Bermuda only in limited
circumstances. However, the Bermuda courts ordinarily would be expected to
follow English case law precedent, which would permit a shareholder to commence
an action in our name to remedy a wrong done to us where the act complained of
is alleged to be beyond our corporate power or is illegal or would result in the
violation of our Memorandum of Association or Bye-Laws. Furthermore,
consideration would be given by the court to acts that are alleged to constitute
a fraud against the minority shareholders or where an act requires the approval
of a greater percentage of the our shareholders than actually approved it. The
winning party in that action generally would be able to recover a portion of its
attorneys' fees incurred in connection with the action. Our Bye-Laws provide
that shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have,
individually or in our right, against any director or officer for any act or
failure to act in the performance of that director's or officer's duties, except
with respect to any fraud or dishonesty of that director or officer. Class
actions and derivative actions are available to stockholders under Delaware law
for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions
not taken in accordance with applicable law. In these actions, the court has
discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys' fees incurred in
connection with the action.
    
 
   
     Indemnification of Directors. We may indemnify our directors or officers in
their capacity as such in respect of their loss or liability for any negligence,
default, breach of duty or breach of trust to us other than for his or her own
fraud or dishonesty. Under Delaware law, a corporation may indemnify a director
or officer of the corporation against expenses, including attorneys' fees,
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred
in defense of an action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position if:
    
 
   
     - the director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he or she
       reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
       corporation, and
    
 
   
     - with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the director or
       officer had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was
       unlawful.
    
 
   
     Inspection of Corporate Records. Members of the general public have the
right to inspect our public documents available at the office of the Registrar
of Companies in Bermuda, which will include our Memorandum of Association, and
any alteration to our Memorandum of Association and documents relating to any
increase or reduction of our authorized capital. Our shareholders have the
additional right to inspect our Bye-Laws, minutes of general meetings and
audited financial statements, which must be presented to the annual general
meeting of shareholders. The register of our shareholders is also open to
inspection by shareholders without charge, and to members of the public for a
fee. We are required to maintain our share register in Bermuda but may establish
a branch register outside Bermuda. We are required to keep at our registered
office a register of our directors and officers which is open for inspection by
members of the public without charge. Bermuda law does not, however, provide a
general right for shareholders to inspect or obtain copies of any other
corporate records. Delaware law permits any shareholder to inspect or obtain
copies of a
    
 
                                       70

<PAGE>   72
 
   
corporation's shareholder list and its other books and records for any purpose
reasonably related to the person's interest as a shareholder.
    
 
   
                            TAXATION OF SHAREHOLDERS
    
 
   
BERMUDA TAX CONSIDERATIONS
    
 
   
     In the opinion of Conyers, Dill & Pearman, our special Bermuda counsel,
under current Bermuda law, no income, withholding or other taxes or stamp or
other duties will be imposed upon the issue, transfer or sale of our common
stock or on any payments on the common stock. Furthermore, we have obtained from
the Minister of Finance of Bermuda under the Exempted Undertakings Tax
Protection Act 1966, as amended, an undertaking that, in the event that Bermuda
enacts any legislation imposing tax computed on profits, income, any capital
asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or
inheritance tax, then the imposition of such tax will not be applicable to us or
to any of our operations, or our shares, capital or common stock, until March
28, 2016. The undertaking does not, however, prevent the imposition of property
taxes on any company owning real property or leasehold interests in Bermuda.
    
 
   
UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
    
 
   
     In the opinion of Fenwick & West LLP, our special United States federal
income tax counsel, the following summarizes the material United States federal
income tax considerations that apply to the ownership and disposition of our
common stock by prospective United States Holders, as defined below, as of the
date of this prospectus. This summary deals only with common stock that is held
as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue
Code by a United States Holder, and does not address tax considerations
applicable to United States Holders that may be subject to special tax rules,
such as dealers or traders in securities, financial institutions, insurance
companies, tax-exempt entities, United States Holders subject to alternative
minimum tax, United States Holders that hold common stock as part of a straddle,
conversion transaction, constructive sale or other arrangement involving more
than one position, United States Holders that have a principal place of business
or tax home outside the United States or United States Holders whose functional
currency is not the United States dollar. This summary does not address the tax
consequences under state, local, estate, or other national, for example,
non-United States, tax laws. In addition, the summary does not address the tax
consequences to the United States Holders that own, or are deemed for United
States federal income tax purposes to own, pursuant to complex attribution and
constructive ownership rules, 10% or more of our voting stock or that of any of
our non-United States subsidiaries. We refer to these persons as 10%
Shareholders.
    
 
   
     The discussion below is based upon United States federal income tax law and
administrative practice as of the date of this prospectus; future legislation,
regulations, administrative interpretations, or court decisions could change
such laws either prospectively or retroactively, so as to result in United
States federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.
    
 
   
     PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE TAX
CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE APPLICATION TO
THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS OF THE TAX CONSIDERATIONS DISCUSSED BELOW, AS WELL
AS THE APPLICATION OF STATE, LOCAL, ESTATE, FOREIGN OR OTHER FEDERAL TAX LAWS.
    
 
   
     As used herein in this discussion, a United States Holder of common stock
means a holder that is:
    
 
   
     - a citizen or resident of the United States;
    
 
   
     - a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or
       under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;
    
 
                                       71

<PAGE>   73
 
   
     - an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income
       taxation regardless of its source; or
    
 
   
     - a trust which is subject to the supervision of a court within the United
       States and the control of a United States person as described in Section
       7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code.
    
 
   
TAXATION OF DISTRIBUTIONS
    
 
   
     Subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, rules described
below, to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits, as
determined under United States federal income tax principles, a distribution
made with respect to our common stock will be includible for United States
federal income tax purposes in the gross income of a United States Holder as
ordinary income. These dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received
deduction allowed to corporations under Section 243 of the Internal Revenue
Code. To the extent that the amount of any distribution exceeds our earnings and
profits, the distribution will first be treated as a tax-free return of capital
to the extent of the United States Holder's adjusted tax basis in the common
stock, and thereafter as capital gain. We do not anticipate paying cash
dividends in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy". For so long as we
are a "United States-owned foreign corporation," distributions with respect to
our common stock that are taxable as dividends may be treated for United States
foreign tax credit purposes as either (1) foreign source "passive income," or
foreign source "financial services income," or (2) United States source income,
in proportion to our earnings and profits in the year of such distribution
allocable to United States sources. For this purpose, we will be treated as a
United States-owned foreign corporation so long as stock representing 50% or
more of our voting power or value is owned, directly or indirectly, by United
States Holders.
    
 
   
TAXATION OF CAPITAL GAINS
    
 
   
     Subject to the PFIC rules described below, for United States federal income
tax purposes, a United States Holder will recognize gain or loss on any sale or
other disposition of common stock in an amount equal to the difference between
the amount realized for the common stock and the United States Holder's adjusted
tax basis in the common stock. The gain or loss will be capital gain or loss.
Capital gain of individuals derived with respect to capital assets held for more
than one year is eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of
capital losses is subject to limitations. Except in limited circumstances, any
gain or loss recognized by a United States Holder will be treated as United
States source.
    
 
   
PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANY (PFIC)
    
 
   
     We believe that we are not a PFIC and do not expect to become a PFIC in the
future for United States federal income tax purposes, although there can be no
assurance in this regard. Our conclusion is a factual determination made
annually and thus is subject to change.
    
 
   
     We will be classified as a PFIC with respect to a United States Holder if,
for any taxable year in which the United States Holder held common stock,
either:
    
 
   
     - at least 75% of our gross income for the taxable year is passive income;
       or
    
 
   
     - at least 50% of the average percentage of our assets by value produce or
       are held for the production of passive income.
    
 
   
     For this purpose, passive income includes dividends, interest, royalties,
rents, other than rents and royalties derived in the active conduct of a trade
or business, annuities and gains from assets that produce passive income other
than sales of inventory. Certain exceptions may apply. If we own, directly or
indirectly, at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation, we will
be treated for purposes of the PFIC tests as owning our proportionate share of
the assets of the other corporation, and as receiving directly our proportionate
share of the other corporation's income. If we are classified as a PFIC in any
year with respect to which a United States person is a shareholder, we will
continue
    
                                       72

<PAGE>   74
 
   
to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such shareholder in all succeeding
years, regardless of whether we continue to meet the income or asset test
described above, subject to possible shareholder elections that may apply.
    
 
   
     If we were to be classified as a PFIC, the United States federal income tax
consequences to a United States Holder with respect to our common stock would
change significantly from the consequences presented in this discussion. For
example, special rules would apply to direct and defined classes of indirect
United States Holders upon disposition of the common stock, receipt of an excess
distribution, as defined in Section 1291(b) of the Internal Revenue Code,
specified nonrecognition transactions, or use of our common stock as security
for a loan. Those United States Holders could be subject to tax as if the gain
or distribution were ordinary income earned ratably over the holding period for
the common stock, including an interest charge on the deferred tax, and other
adverse tax consequences. Alternatively, a United States Holder of stock in a
PFIC that is treated as marketable stock may make a mark-to-market election. If
a United States Holder were to make a timely filed mark-to-market election with
respect to our common stock owned, or treated as owned, at the close of the
United States Holder's taxable year, the United States Holder would include as
ordinary income in that taxable year any excess of the fair market value of the
United States Holder's common stock as of the close of such year over its
adjusted basis. The United States Holder would be allowed a deduction for such
taxable year in the amount of any excess of the adjusted basis of the United
States Holder's common stock over its fair market value at the close of the
taxable year, limited to the amount of the net mark-to-market gains previously
included by the United States Holder in income. The electing United States
Holder's basis in the stock would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss
amounts. Any gain or loss on the sale of the common stock would be ordinary
income or loss, except that any loss will be ordinary loss only to the extent of
the previously included net mark-to-market gain. If the United States Holder
were to make a timely qualified electing fund election, the rules described
above would not apply. If a qualified electing fund election were made, the
United States Holder would be currently taxable on the United States Holder's
pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and profits and net capital gains,
regardless of whether or not distributions were received. The United States
Holder's basis in the common stock would be increased to reflect taxed but
undistributed income. Distributions of income that had previously been taxed
would result in a corresponding reduction of basis in the common stock and would
not be taxed again as a distribution to the United States Holder. If we are
treated as a PFIC, we intend to notify United States Holders and to provide to
United States Holders such information as may be required to make a qualified
electing fund election effective.
    
 
   
     A United States Holder who owns our common stock during any year that we
are a PFIC must file IRS Form 8621. United States Holders should consult their
tax advisors concerning the United States federal income tax consequences of
holding our common stock if we are a PFIC, including the advisability and
availability of making any of the foregoing elections.
    
 
   
FOREIGN PERSONAL HOLDING COMPANY
    
 
   
     A foreign corporation is a foreign personal holding company if at least 60%
of its gross income for the taxable year is foreign personal holding company
income, and if at any time during the taxable year more than 50% of the stock by
vote or by value is owned, directly or indirectly, by or for not more than five
individuals who are citizens or residents of the United States. We refer to such
individuals as a United States Group. In some situations, the minimum percentage
of foreign personal holding company income is 50%, rather than 60%. Foreign
personal holding company income includes specific defined classes of passive
income. Foreign personal holding companies are defined to exclude a number of
specific classes of foreign corporations. If we or one of our non-United States
subsidiaries were classified as a foreign personal holding company, then United
States Holders including defined classes of indirect holders who owned common
stock on the last day of the taxable year when the United States Group existed,
would be taxed upon their pro rata shares of the undistributed foreign personal
holding company income of Marvell or our non-United States
    
 
                                       73

<PAGE>   75
 
   
subsidiaries. Information statements would be required on the returns of such
United States Holders who owned 5% or more of the value of the stock on the last
day on which the United States Group existed. If we or one of our non-United
States subsidiaries were a foreign personal holding company and the United
States Holders described above were required to include a dividend amount in
their United States federal taxable income, adjustments would need to be made to
our or our non-United States subsidiary's accumulated earnings and profits and
paid in surplus, and to such United States Holders' respective bases in their
common stock. In addition, United States Holders who acquire their common stock
from decedents would not receive a stepped-up basis in that common stock.
Instead, those United States Holders would have a tax basis equal to the lower
of the fair market value of that common stock or the decedent's basis. We have
no basis to believe at this time that the shareholder test will be met for any
taxable year beginning after the offering. We intend to manage our affairs so as
to minimize having income imputed to our United States Holders under these
rules, to the extent such management of our affairs in this manner is consistent
with our business goals, although there can be no assurance in this regard.
    
 
   
PERSONAL HOLDING COMPANY
    
 
   
     A corporation classified as a personal holding company is subject to a
39.6% tax on its undistributed personal holding company income. Foreign
corporations determine their liability for personal holding company tax by
considering only (1) gross income derived from United States sources and (2)
gross income that is effectively connected with a United States trade or
business. A corporation will be classified as a personal holding company if (1)
at any time during the last half of the corporation's taxable year, five or
fewer individuals own more than 50% of the corporation's stock, by value,
directly or indirectly and (2) the corporation receives at least 60% of its
adjusted ordinary gross income from passive sources. However, if a corporation
is a foreign personal holding company or a PFIC, it cannot be a personal holding
company. We have no basis to believe at this time that we could meet the
personal holding company shareholder test in a given taxable year beginning
after the offering. We intend to manage our affairs so as to attempt to avoid or
minimize the imposition of the personal holding company tax, to the extent
management of our affairs in this manner is consistent with our business goals,
although there can be no assurance in this regard.
    
 
   
CONTROLLED FOREIGN CORPORATIONS
    
 
   
     If 10% Shareholders own, in the aggregate, more than 50%, measured by
voting power or value, of our shares or any of our non-United States corporate
subsidiaries, directly, indirectly, or by attribution, we or any such non-United
States subsidiary would be a controlled foreign corporation. If characterized as
controlled foreign corporations, then a portion of our undistributed income and
that of our non-United States subsidiaries may be includible in the taxable
income of 10% Shareholders of those entities. If a 10% Shareholder has reported
inclusions in income from a controlled foreign corporation, the 10% Shareholder
may not have to include previously taxed amounts in income again upon
distribution. We and our non-United States subsidiaries may be controlled
foreign corporations or may become controlled foreign corporations in the
future. If we or one of our non-United States subsidiaries is or becomes a
controlled foreign corporation, the United States federal income tax
consequences to a United States Holder who is a 10% Shareholder of owning or
disposing of shares in such corporations change significantly from the
consequences presented in this section.
    
 
   
TAXATION OF NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS
    
 
   
     For United States federal income tax purposes, a non-United States Holder
generally will not be subject to tax or withholding on distributions made with
respect to, and gains realized from the disposition of, our common stock unless
such distributions and gains are effectively connected with the holder's conduct
of a trade or business in the United States, or, in the case of gains, if the
holder is an individual, the holder is present in the United States for 183 days
in the taxable year of the sale and other conditions exist.
    
 
                                       74

<PAGE>   76
 
   
INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING
    
 
   
     United States Holders. In general, information reporting requirements will
apply to dividends in respect of our common stock or the proceeds received on
the sale, exchange, or redemption of the common stock paid within the United
States, and in some cases, outside of the United States, to United States
Holders other than exempt recipients, such as corporations, and a 31% backup
withholding may apply to those amounts if the United States Holder fails to
provide an accurate taxpayer identification number or to report dividends
required to be shown on its United States federal income tax returns. The amount
of any backup withholding from a payment to a United States Holder will be
allowable as a credit against the United States Holder's United States federal
income tax liability, provided that the required information or appropriate
claim for refund is furnished to the IRS.
    
 
   
     Non-United States Holders. Under current law, United States information
reporting requirements and backup withholding will not apply to dividends paid
to a non-United States Holder at an address outside the United States unless the
payer has knowledge that the payee is a United States person. However, under
recently finalized United States Treasury regulations effective for payments
made after December 31, 2000, a non-United States Holder will be subject to
backup withholding unless applicable certification requirements are met.
    
 
   
     As a general matter, information reporting and backup withholding will not
apply to a payment of the proceeds of a sale of our common stock effected
outside the United States by a foreign office for a non-United States Holder.
However, payment of the proceeds of a sale of our common stock through a United
States office of a broker is subject to both backup withholding and information
reporting unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalties of perjury that
it is a non-United States Holder and the payer does not have actual knowledge
that the beneficial owner is a United States person or the holder otherwise
establishes an exemption.
    
 
   
     The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a non-United States
Holder will be allowable as a credit against such non-United States Holder's
United States federal income tax liability, provided that the required
information or appropriate claim for refund is furnished to the IRS.
    
 
   
     Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of
information reporting and backup withholding to their particular situations, the
availability of an exemption from reporting and withholding requirements, and
the procedure for obtaining an exemption, if available.
    
 
                                       75

<PAGE>   77
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     The sale of a substantial amount of our common stock, including shares
issued upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants, in the public market
after this offering could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our
common stock.
 
   
     Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of
82,211,425 shares of our common stock, based on shares of common stock
outstanding as of April 30, 2000. Of these shares, all of the 6,000,000 shares
of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without
restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares
are purchased by "affiliates" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the
Securities Act. Any shares purchased by an affiliate may not be resold except
pursuant to an effective registration statement or an applicable exemption from
registration, including an exemption under Rule 144 of the Securities Act. The
remaining 76,211,425 shares of common stock held by existing shareholders are
"restricted securities" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities
Act. These restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they
are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule
144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. These rules are summarized below. Of
the remaining shares of common stock that constitute restricted securities,
               shares held by existing shareholders are subject to contractual
restrictions on resale as described more fully under the heading "Underwriting."
    
 
     Upon the expiration or waiver of the contractual restrictions on resale
described under the heading "Underwriting" and subject to the provisions of Rule
144 and Rule 701,                restricted shares of common stock, assuming the
exercise of outstanding warrants and vested stock options, will be available for
sale in the public market 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The sale
of these restricted securities is subject, in the case of shares held by
affiliates, to the volume restrictions contained in Rule 144.
 
RULE 144
 
     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after
the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our
common stock for at least one year from the later of the date those shares of
common stock were acquired from us or from an affiliate of ours would be
entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not
exceed the greater of:
 
   
          (1) one percent of the number of shares of common stock then
     outstanding, which will equal approximately 822,000 shares immediately
     after this offering; or
    
 
          (2) the average weekly trading volume of the common stock on the
     Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing
     of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale of any shares of common
     stock.
 
     The sales of any shares of common stock under Rule 144 are also subject to
manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of
current public information about us. Affiliates may sell shares not constituting
restricted securities in accordance with the foregoing volume limitations and
other restrictions, but without regard to the one-year holding period.
 
RULE 144(k)
 
     In addition, under Rule 144(k), a person who is not one of our affiliates
at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially
owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years from the later of
the date such shares of common stock were acquired from us or from an affiliate
of ours is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of
sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.
Therefore, unless otherwise restricted pursuant to the lock-up agreements or
otherwise, those shares may be sold immediately upon the completion of this
offering.
                                       76

<PAGE>   78
 
RULE 701
 
   
     Each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us
in connection with a compensatory stock plan or other written agreement under
Rule 701 of the Securities Act is eligible to resell those shares 90 days after
the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without
compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period,
contained in Rule 144.
    
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
   
     Immediately after the completion of this offering, in accordance with an
Investor Rights Agreement dated September 10, 1999, shareholders and
warrantholders beneficially owning 27,044,912 shares of our common stock will
have rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the
Securities Act. Under the terms of the agreement, if we propose to register any
of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for
the account of other security holders exercising registration rights, such
holders are entitled to notice of such registration and are entitled to include
their common stock in the registration. Six months following the effective date
of this offering, these shareholders may also require us to file a registration
statement under the Securities Act at our expense with respect to their shares
of common stock, and we are required to use our best efforts to effect such
registration. These shareholders have the right to request up to two such
registration statements. Further, such shareholders may require us to file
additional registration statements on Form S-3 or its equivalent at our expense.
Each of these rights are subject to conditions and limitations, including the
right of the underwriters of an offering to limit the number of shares included
in such offering under various circumstances.
    
 
STOCK OPTIONS
 
   
     At April 30, 2000, options to purchase 11,492,809 shares of our common
stock were outstanding under our stock option plans and otherwise. Shortly after
the effective date of this offering, we expect to file a registration statement
under the Securities Act covering             shares of common stock reserved
for issuance under our stock option plans. Upon the filing of the registration
statement relating to the reserved shares of common stock and upon expiration of
the 180-day lockup agreements, approximately             shares of common stock
issuable upon exercise of stock options will be immediately eligible for sale in
the public market, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to our
affiliates.
    
 
                                       77

<PAGE>   79
 

                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     Marvell and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting
agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain
conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of
shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., J. P. Morgan
Securities Inc. and FleetBoston Robertson Stephens Inc. are the representatives
of the underwriters.
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        Underwriters                          Number of Shares
                        ------------                          ----------------
<S>                                                           <C>
Goldman, Sachs & Co. .......................................
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. ................................
FleetBoston Robertson Stephens Inc. ........................
 
                                                                 ---------
          Total.............................................     6,000,000
                                                                 =========
</TABLE>

    
 
   
     If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the
table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional 900,000
shares from Marvell to cover such sales. They may exercise that option for 30
days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will
severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in
the table above.
    
 
   
     The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts
and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by Marvell. Such amounts are
shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to
purchase 900,000 additional shares.
    
 
                                Paid by Marvell
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        No Exercise    Full Exercise
                                                        -----------    -------------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>
Per Share.............................................   $               $
Total.................................................   $               $
</TABLE>

 
     Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at
the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this Prospectus. Any
shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount
of up to $     per share from the initial public offering price. Any such
securities dealers may resell any shares purchased from the underwriters to
certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $     per share from the
initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial
public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the
other selling terms.
 
   
     Marvell, its directors, officers, employees, and shareholders have agreed
with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or
securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of the common stock
during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date
180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written
consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. The agreement does not apply to any existing
employee benefit plans. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a discussion
of certain transfer restrictions.
    
 
     Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The
initial public offering price will be negotiated among Marvell and the
representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial
public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market
conditions, will be Marvell's historical performance, estimates of the business
potential and earnings prospects of Marvell, an assessment of Marvell's
management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market
valuation of companies in related businesses.
 
                                       78

<PAGE>   80
 
   
     Marvell has applied for quotation of the common stock on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol "MRVL".
    
 
   
     At Marvell's request, the underwriters have reserved up to 420,000 shares
of common stock for sale at the initial public offering price to persons with
preexisting strategic or other relationships with Marvell through a directed
share program. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the
general public will be reduced to the extent that these persons purchase these
reserved shares. Any shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters
to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby.
    
 
     In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell
shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short
sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by
short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater
number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering.
Stabilizing transactions consist of certain bids or purchases made for the
purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common
stock while the offering is in progress.
 
     The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a
particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting
discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold
by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering
transactions.
 
     These activities by the underwriters may stabilize, maintain or otherwise
affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the
common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open
market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the
underwriters at any time. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq
National Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
 
   
     A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites
maintained by one or more underwriters. The underwriters may agree to allocate a
number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account
holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the lead managers to
underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other
allocations.
    
 
     The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed
five percent of the total number of shares offered.
 
   
     Marvell estimates that its share of the total expenses of the offering,
excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately
$1,525,000.
    
 
     Marvell has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
                            VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK
 
     Conyers, Dill & Pearson, Bermuda, will pass upon the validity of the
issuance of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for us.
Appleby, Spurling & Kempe, Bermuda, will pass upon the validity of the issuance
of the shares of common stock for the underwriters. Certain legal matters in
connection with this offering will be passed for us by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher
LLP, San Francisco, California. The underwriters are being represented as to
U.S. legal matters by Sullivan & Cromwell, Los Angeles, California.
 

                                    EXPERTS
 
     The financial statements as of January 31, 2000 and 1999 and for each of
the three years in the period ended January 31, 2000 included in this prospectus
have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in
auditing and accounting.
                                       79

<PAGE>   81
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration
statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities
Act with respect to the common stock to be sold in this offering. This
prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not
contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the
exhibits and schedules that are part of the registration statement. Any
statements made in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement
or other document are not necessarily complete. With respect to each such
contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration
statement, we refer you to the exhibit for a more complete description of the
matter involved, and each statement in this prospectus shall be deemed qualified
in its entirety by this reference. You may read and copy all or any portion of
the registration statement or any reports, statements or other information in
the files at the following public reference facilities of the SEC:
 

<TABLE>
<S>                           <C>                           <C>
Washington, D.C.              New York, New York            Chicago, Illinois
Room 1024                     Seven World Trade Center      500 West Madison Street
450 Fifth Street, N.W.        Suite 1300                    Suite 1400
Washington, D.C., 20549       New York, New York 10048      Chicago, Illinois 60661
</TABLE>

 
     You can request copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee
by writing to the SEC. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further
information on the operation of its public reference rooms. Our filings,
including the registration statement, will also be available to you on the
Internet web site maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.
 
     We intend to furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing
financial statements audited by our independent auditors, and make available to
our shareholders quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each year
containing unaudited interim financial statements.
 
                                       80

<PAGE>   82
 
                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
 
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
Report of Independent Accountants...........................  F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets.................................  F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations.......................  F-4
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity (Deficit)...  F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.......................  F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................  F-7
</TABLE>

 
                                       F-1

<PAGE>   83
 

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Marvell Technology Group Ltd.
 
     In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the
related consolidated statements of operations, of shareholders' equity and of
cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
Marvell Technology Group Ltd. and its subsidiaries as of January 31, 1999 and
2000, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the three years
in the period ended January 31, 2000, in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States. These consolidated financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our
audit. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing
standards generally accepted in the United States which require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated
financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall
consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
 
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
 
San Jose, California
March 3, 2000 except for Note 11,

which is as of March 21, 2000
 
                                       F-2

<PAGE>   84
 
                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  PRO FORMA
                                                            JANUARY 31,         SHAREHOLDERS'
                                                        --------------------       EQUITY
                                                          1999        2000       (UNAUDITED)
                                                        --------    --------    -------------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...........................  $  5,515    $ 16,600
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
     accounts of $100 and $100........................     5,497      14,701
  Inventory, net......................................     2,315       4,830
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets...........       188       1,195
  Deferred income taxes...............................       842       1,456
                                                        --------    --------
          Total current assets........................    14,357      38,782
Property and equipment, net...........................     2,081       7,413
Other noncurrent assets...............................       125         305
                                                        --------    --------
          Total assets................................  $ 16,563    $ 46,500
                                                        ========    ========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
  Notes payable to bank...............................  $    649    $     --
  Accounts payable....................................     3,735       5,698
  Accrued liabilities.................................     1,432       3,050
  Accrued employee compensation.......................       476       1,474
  Income taxes payable................................     1,189       5,875
  Capital lease obligations...........................        11          74
                                                        --------    --------
          Total current liabilities...................     7,492      16,171
Notes payable to bank.................................       888          --

Capital lease obligations, less current portion.......         9          36
                                                        --------    --------
          Total liabilities...........................     8,389      16,207
                                                        --------    --------
Commitments (Note 9)
Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock,
  $0.002 par value; 8,000,000 shares authorized,
  5,880,598 and 6,609,875 shares issued and
  outstanding actual; 8,000,000 shares authorized and
  none issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)...    17,524      22,353            --
Shareholders' equity (deficit):
  Common stock, $0.002 par value; 242,000,000 shares
     authorized; 44,545,584 and 48,931,560 shares
     issued and outstanding; 242,000,000 shares
     authorized, 75,371,060 shares issued and
     outstanding pro forma (unaudited)................        89          98      $    151
  Additional paid-in capital..........................     1,692      17,580        39,880
  Deferred stock-based compensation...................      (220)    (11,897)      (11,897)
  Retained earnings (accumulated deficit).............   (10,911)      2,159         2,159
                                                        --------    --------      --------
          Total shareholders' equity (deficit)........    (9,350)      7,940      $ 30,293
                                                        --------    --------      ========
          Total liabilities and shareholders'
            equity....................................  $ 16,563    $ 46,500
                                                        ========    ========
</TABLE>

    
 
     The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial
Statements.
 
                                       F-3

<PAGE>   85
 
                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                              -----------------------------
                                                               1998       1999       2000
                                                              -------    -------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Net revenue.................................................  $   625    $21,253    $81,375
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of product revenue(1)................................      312     10,103     33,773
  Research and development(2)...............................    5,018      5,837     14,452
  Marketing and selling(3)..................................    1,671      4,631     10,436
  General and administrative(4).............................    1,028      1,190      3,443
  Amortization of stock compensation........................       --         42      2,175
                                                              -------    -------    -------
          Total costs and expenses..........................    8,029     21,803     64,279
                                                              -------    -------    -------
Operating income (loss).....................................   (7,404)      (550)    17,096
Interest income.............................................      170        175        486
Interest expense............................................     (164)      (101)      (156)
                                                              -------    -------    -------
Income (loss) before income taxes...........................   (7,398)      (476)    17,426
Provision for income taxes..................................       46        483      4,356
                                                              -------    -------    -------
Net income (loss)...........................................  $(7,444)   $  (959)   $13,070
                                                              =======    =======    =======
Net income (loss) per share:
  Basic net income (loss) per share.........................  $ (0.24)   $ (0.03)   $  0.32
                                                              =======    =======    =======
  Diluted net income (loss) per share.......................  $ (0.24)   $ (0.03)   $  0.16
                                                              =======    =======    =======
  Weighted average shares -- basic..........................   30,436     32,470     41,094
                                                              =======    =======    =======
  Weighted average shares -- diluted........................   30,436     32,470     81,545
                                                              =======    =======    =======
Pro forma net income per share:
  Pro forma basic net income per share (unaudited)..........                        $  0.20
                                                                                    =======
  Pro forma diluted net income per share (unaudited)........                        $  0.16
                                                                                    =======
  Weighted average shares -- basic (unaudited)..............                         66,157
                                                                                    =======
  Weighted average shares -- diluted (unaudited)............                         81,545
                                                                                    =======
</TABLE>

    
 
---------------
   
(1) (excludes amortization of stock compensation of $0, $0, and $11)
    
 
   
(2) (excludes amortization of stock compensation of $0, $27 and $1,373)
    
 
   
(3) (excludes amortization of stock compensation of $0, $4 and $211)
    
 
   
(4) (excludes amortization of stock compensation of $0, $11 and $580)
    
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial
                                  Statements.
 
                                       F-4

<PAGE>   86
 
                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
 
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          COMMON STOCK       ADDITIONAL     DEFERRED     RETAINED
                                       -------------------    PAID-IN     STOCK-BASED    EARNINGS
                                         SHARES     AMOUNT    CAPITAL     COMPENSATION   (DEFICIT)    TOTAL
                                       ----------   ------   ----------   ------------   ---------   -------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>      <C>          <C>            <C>         <C>
Balance at January 31, 1997..........  37,646,000    $75      $   144       $     --     $ (2,508)   $(2,289)
Common Stock options exercised.......   1,788,000      4           67             --           --         71
Issuance of warrants in connection
  with Series D Mandatorily
  Redeemable Convertible Preferred
  Stock..............................          --     --           84             --           --         84
Net loss.............................          --     --           --             --       (7,444)    (7,444)
                                       ----------    ---      -------       --------     --------    -------
Balance at January 31, 1998..........  39,434,000     79          295             --       (9,952)    (9,578)
Common Stock options exercised.......   5,486,592     11        1,081             --           --      1,092
Common Stock repurchased.............    (375,008)    (1)         (12)            --           --        (13)
Issuance of warrants in connection
  with Series D Mandatorily
  Redeemable Convertible Preferred
  Stock..............................          --     --           66             --           --         66
Deferred stock-based compensation....          --     --          262           (262)          --         --
Amortization of deferred stock-based
  compensation.......................          --     --           --             42           --         42
Net loss.............................          --     --           --             --         (959)      (959)
                                       ----------    ---      -------       --------     --------    -------
Balance at January 31, 1999..........  44,545,584     89        1,692           (220)     (10,911)    (9,350)
Common stock options exercised.......   4,437,376      9        2,070             --           --      2,079
Common stock repurchased.............     (51,400)    --          (34)            --           --        (34)
Deferred stock-based compensation....          --     --       13,852        (13,852)          --         --
Amortization of deferred stock-based
  compensation.......................          --     --           --          2,175           --      2,175
Net income...........................          --     --           --             --       13,070     13,070
                                       ----------    ---      -------       --------     --------    -------
Balance at January 31, 2000..........  48,931,560    $98      $17,580       $(11,897)    $  2,159    $ 7,940
                                       ==========    ===      =======       ========     ========    =======
</TABLE>

 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial
                                  Statements.
 
                                       F-5

<PAGE>   87
 
                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                              -----------------------------
                                                               1998       1999       2000
                                                              -------    -------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income (loss).........................................  $(7,444)   $  (959)   $13,070
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
     provided by (used in) operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization..........................      354        701      1,652
     Amortization of deferred stock compensation............       --         42      2,175
     Changes in assets and liabilities:
       Accounts receivable..................................      (99)    (5,398)    (9,204)
       Inventory............................................     (265)    (2,050)    (2,515)
       Prepaid expenses and other assets....................      (34)      (228)    (1,187)
       Accounts payable.....................................      252      3,264      1,963
       Accrued liabilities..................................      241      1,089      1,618
       Accrued compensation costs...........................      136        296        998
       Income taxes payable.................................      347        770      4,686
       Deferred income taxes................................     (317)      (453)      (614)
                                                              -------    -------    -------
          Net cash provided by (used in) operating
            activities......................................   (6,829)    (2,926)    12,642
                                                              -------    -------    -------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Cash used in purchase of property and equipment...........   (1,026)    (1,564)    (6,808)
                                                              -------    -------    -------
          Net cash used in investing activities.............   (1,026)    (1,564)    (6,808)
                                                              -------    -------    -------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock,
     net....................................................    6,373      4,125      4,829
  Proceeds from the issuance of common stock, net...........       71      1,079      2,045
  Principal payments of capital lease obligations and notes
     payable to bank........................................      (45)      (211)    (3,579)
  Proceeds from borrowings on notes payable to bank.........       --      1,705      1,956
                                                              -------    -------    -------
          Net cash provided by financing activities.........    6,399      6,698      5,251
                                                              -------    -------    -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents........   (1,456)     2,208     11,085
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period............    4,763      3,307      5,515
                                                              -------    -------    -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period..................  $ 3,307    $ 5,515    $16,600
                                                              =======    =======    =======
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash paid during the period for:
     Interest...............................................  $   164    $   101    $   174
                                                              =======    =======    =======
     Income taxes...........................................  $    17    $    88    $   206
                                                              =======    =======    =======
     Acquisition of property and equipment under capital
       lease obligations....................................  $    93    $    --    $   176
                                                              =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>

 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial
                                  Statements.
 
                                       F-6

<PAGE>   88
 
                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 -- THE COMPANY AND ITS SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 

THE COMPANY
 
     Marvell Technology Group Ltd., (the "Company"), a Bermuda exempted company,
was incorporated on January 11, 1995. The Company engages in the design,
development and sale of integrated circuits utilizing proprietary mixed signal
and digital signal processing technology for the high-speed, high-density data
storage and broadband data communications markets.
 
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
     During fiscal 2000, the Company changed its fiscal year to the Saturday
nearest January 31. In fiscal 1999 and 1998, the year ended on January 31. All
years have been restated to reflect the current presentation. For presentation
purposes, the consolidated financial statements and notes refer to January 31 as
year end.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences
could affect the results of operations reporting in future periods.
 
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and
transactions have been eliminated. The functional currency is the United States
dollar.
 
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the
instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties.
The carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid
expenses and other current assets, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and
accrued employee compensation approximate their respective fair values because
of the short term maturity of these items. The carrying value of the Company's
debt approximates fair market value because of prevailing interest rates.
 
CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of
three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and
cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit with banks, money market funds and
commercial deposits, the fair value of which approximates cost. At January 31,
1999 and 2000, approximately $704,000 and $14,792,000 of money market funds are
included in cash and cash equivalents, respectively.
 
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK AND SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS
 
     Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant
concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash equivalents and
accounts receivable. The Company places its cash primarily in checking and money
market accounts. Cash equivalents are maintained with high quality
 
                                       F-7

<PAGE>   89
                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
institutions, the composition and maturities of which are regularly monitored by
management. The Company believes that the concentration of credit risk in its
trade receivables with respect to the data storage industry, as well as the
limited customer base, located primarily in the Far East, is substantially
mitigated by the Company's credit evaluation process, relatively short
collection terms and the high level of credit worthiness of its customers. The
Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial
condition and limits the amount of credit extended when deemed necessary but
generally requires no collateral.
 
     The following table sets forth sales to customers comprising 10% or more of
the Company's total revenue for the periods indicated:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                         -----------------------
                       CUSTOMER                          1998     1999     2000
                       --------                          -----    -----    -----
<S>                                                      <C>      <C>      <C>
A......................................................   --       46%      36%
B......................................................   21%      43%      24%
C......................................................   --        7%      14%
D......................................................   --        2%      14%
E......................................................   --        1%      10%
F......................................................   26%      --       --
G......................................................   25%      --       --
H......................................................   16%      --       --
</TABLE>

 
     The Company's accounts receivable were concentrated with three customers at
January 31, 1999 (representing 51%, 29% and 10% of aggregate gross receivables)
and four customers at January 31, 2000 (representing 48%, 16%, 15% and 14% of
aggregate gross receivables).
 
INVENTORY
 
     Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, cost being determined
under the first-in, first-out method. Appropriate consideration is given to
obsolescence, excessive levels, deterioration and other factors in evaluating
net realizable value.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment including capital leases and leasehold improvements
are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation or amortization. Depreciation
is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of
the assets, which ranges from three to four years. Assets held under capital
leases and leasehold improvements are amortized over the term of the lease or
their estimated useful lives, whichever is shorter.
 
     Long-lived assets held and used by the Company are reviewed for impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their net book value
may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized if the sum of the
expected future cash flows (undiscounted and before interest) from the use of
the asset is less than the net book value of the asset. The amount of the
impairment loss will generally be measured as the difference between net book
values of the assets and their estimated fair values. The Company believes that
no long-lived assets were impaired at January 31, 1999 and 2000.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     Revenue from the sale of integrated circuits is recognized upon shipment,
net of accruals for estimated sales returns and allowances. Revenue generated by
sales to distributors under agreements
 
                                       F-8

<PAGE>   90
                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
allowing certain rights of return are deferred for financial reporting purposes
until the products are sold by distributors. Net revenue for the year ended
January 31, 1998 includes approximately $197,000 derived from a research and
development contract, which was recognized on the percentage of completion
basis. The associated costs are included in research and development expenses.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
     Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.
 
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
     The Company's employee stock option plan is accounted for in accordance
with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees" and complies with the disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS
123"). Expense associated with stock-based compensation is amortized on an
accelerated basis over the vesting period of the individual award consistent
with the method described in Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation
No. 28, ("FIN 28"). Application of FIN 28 results in amortization of
approximately 46% of the compensation in the first 12 months of vesting, 26% of
the compensation in the second 12 months of vesting, 15% of the compensation in
the third 12 months of vesting, 9% of the compensation in the fourth 12 months
of vesting and 4% of the compensation in the fifth 12 months of vesting. The
Company accounts for stock issued to non-employees in accordance with the
provisions of SFAS 123 and Emerging Issues Task Force Consensus No. 96-18,
"Accounting for Equity Instruments that are Offered to Other Than Employees for
Acquiring of in Conjunction with Selling Goods or Services" ("EITF 96-18").
Under SFAS 123 and EITF 96-18, stock option awards issued to non-employees are
accounted for at their fair value using the Black-Scholes method. The fair value
of each non-employee stock awarded is remeasured at each period end until a
commitment date is reached, which is generally the vesting date.
 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
 
     The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130
"Reporting Comprehensive Income" ("SFAS 130"). SFAS 130 establishes standards
for reporting and displaying comprehensive income and its components in a full
set of general-purpose financial statements. There was no difference between the
Company's net income or loss and its total comprehensive net income or loss for
the years ended January 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000.
 
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
 
     The Company reports both basic net income (loss) per share, which is based
upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding excluding
contingently issuable or returnable shares, and diluted net income (loss) per
share, which is based on the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding and dilutive potential common shares outstanding.
 
                                       F-9

<PAGE>   91
                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
     The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net
income (loss) per share of common stock (in thousands, except per share
amounts):
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                              -----------------------------
                                                               1998       1999       2000
                                                              -------    -------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Numerator:
  Net income (loss).........................................  $(7,444)   $  (959)   $13,070
                                                              =======    =======    =======
Denominator:
  Basic --
     Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding....   38,683     40,459     46,428
     Less: unvested common shares subject to repurchase.....   (8,247)    (7,989)    (5,334)
                                                              -------    -------    -------
          Denominator for basic calculation.................   30,436     32,470     41,094
                                                              -------    -------    -------
  Effect of dilutive securities --
     Unvested common shares subject to
       repurchase...........................................       --         --      5,334
     Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock.....       --         --     25,063
     Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock
       warrants.............................................       --         --        273
     Common stock warrants..................................       --         --         20
     Stock options..........................................       --         --      9,761
                                                              -------    -------    -------
          Denominator for diluted calculation...............   30,436     32,470     81,545
                                                              =======    =======    =======
Basic net income (loss) per share...........................  $ (0.24)   $ (0.03)   $  0.32
                                                              =======    =======    =======
Diluted net income (loss) per share.........................  $ (0.24)   $ (0.03)   $  0.16
                                                              =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>

 
     The following table sets forth potential shares of common stock, assuming
conversion of preferred stock and preferred stock warrants that are not included
in the diluted net loss per share calculation above because to do so would be
anti-dilutive for the periods presented (in thousands):
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                JANUARY 31,
                                                              ----------------
                                                               1998      1999
                                                              ------    ------
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>
Unvested common stock subject to repurchase.................   8,247     7,989
Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible preferred stock..........  19,352    23,522
Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible preferred stock
  warrants..................................................   2,192     2,440
Stock options...............................................  12,738    12,896
</TABLE>

 
PRO FORMA NET INCOME PER SHARE (UNAUDITED)
 
     Pro forma net income per share for the year ended January 31, 2000 is
computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding,
including the conversion of the Company's Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D
and Series E mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding into
shares of the Company's common stock effective upon the closing of the Company's
initial public offering ("IPO") as if such conversion occurred on February 1,
1999 or at the date of original issuance, if later. The calculation of pro forma
diluted net income per share includes incremental common shares issuable upon
the exercise of stock options and common and preferred stock warrants.
 
   
PRO FORMA SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
     Effective upon the closing of the IPO, the outstanding Series A, Series B,
Series C, Series D and Series E preferred stock will automatically convert into
an aggregate of 26,439,500 shares of common
    
 
                                      F-10

<PAGE>   92
                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   
stock. The pro forma effect of this transaction is unaudited and has been
reflected in the accompanying pro forma shareholders' equity as of January 31,
2000.
    
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 ("SFAS 133"), "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities," as amended by Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 137, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities -- Deferral of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 133- an
amendment of FASB Statement No. 133" ("SFAS 137"). SFAS 133 requires that all
derivative instruments be recorded on the balance sheet at their fair market
value. Changes in the fair market value of derivatives are recorded each period
in current earnings or comprehensive income, depending on whether a derivative
is designed as part of a hedge transaction, and if so, the type of hedge
transaction. Substantially all of the Company's revenues and the majority of its
costs are denominated in U.S. dollars, and to date the Company has not entered
into any derivative contracts. The Company does not expect that the adoption of
SFAS 133 will have a material effect on its financial statements. The effective
date of SFAS 133 as amended by SFAS 137 is for fiscal quarters of fiscal years
beginning after June 15, 2000.
 
     In December 1999, the Securities and Exchange Commission staff released
Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") No. 101, "Revenue Recognition in Financial
Statements," which provides guidance on the recognition, presentation and
disclosure of revenue in financial statements. The application of SAB No. 101
did not have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.
 
NOTE 2 -- BALANCE SHEET DETAILS (IN THOUSANDS):
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   JANUARY 31,
                                                                ------------------
                                                                 1999       2000
                                                                -------    -------
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>
INVENTORY:
  Work-in-process...........................................    $ 2,315    $ 4,830
                                                                =======    =======
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
  Machinery and equipment...................................    $ 1,589    $ 3,890
  Computer software.........................................      1,285      3,981
  Furniture and fixtures....................................        203      1,633
  Leasehold improvements....................................        130        685
                                                                -------    -------
                                                                  3,207     10,189
  Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization...........     (1,126)    (2,776)
                                                                -------    -------
                                                                $ 2,081    $ 7,413
                                                                =======    =======
</TABLE>

 
     Machinery and equipment include $144 and $320 of assets under capital
leases at January 31, 1999 and 2000, respectively. Accumulated depreciation for
such equipment was $53 and $124 at January 31, 1999 and 2000, respectively.
 
NOTE 3 -- LINE OF CREDIT AND NOTES PAYABLE TO BANK:
 
     In May 1998 (and amended in July 1999), the Company entered into a loan and
security agreement with a bank which provides for borrowings of up to $8,000,000
in the form of line of credit advances based on eligible accounts receivable and
inventory, as defined, and $3,100,000 available in the form of equipment
advances. The agreement expires on April 30, 2000. Borrowings accrue interest at
the bank's prime rate plus 0.125%, which equaled 8.625% at January 31, 2000, and
are
 
                                      F-11

<PAGE>   93
                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
secured by the tangible assets of the Company. In fiscal 1999 and 2000, the
Company borrowed a total of approximately $3,600,000 under this agreement, which
was fully repaid in fiscal 2000.
 
   
     At January 31, 2000, no amounts were outstanding, and $8,000,000 was
available, under the line of credit and equipment advance. The agreement
requires the Company to comply with certain covenants and maintain certain
financial ratios. The agreement prohibits the payment of cash dividends without
prior bank approval.
    
 
NOTE 4 -- MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK:
 
     Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock at January 31, 2000
consisted of the following (in thousands):
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     SHARES                PROCEEDS
                                            ------------------------        NET OF        LIQUIDATION
                                            AUTHORIZED   OUTSTANDING    ISSUANCE COSTS      AMOUNT
                                            ----------   -----------    --------------    -----------
<S>                                         <C>          <C>            <C>               <C>
Series A..................................       525          525          $   350          $   350
Series B..................................     1,119        1,119            1,199            1,231
Series C..................................     2,184        2,090            7,098            7,316
Series D..................................     3,750        2,526           10,206           10,945
Series E..................................       422          350            3,500            3,500
                                              ------       ------          -------          -------
                                               8,000        6,610          $22,353          $23,342
                                              ======       ======          =======          =======
</TABLE>

 
     The rights with respect to Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and
Series E are as follows:
 
VOTING
 
     Each share of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E has
voting rights equal to that of common stock on an as if converted basis. The
holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B and Series C,
respectively, voting as a class individually, shall be entitled to elect one
member of the Board of Directors each.
 
DIVIDENDS
 
     Each holder of outstanding Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and
Series E are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends as declared by the
Board of Directors at a rate of $0.0468, $0.0772, $0.2452, $0.3032 and $0.70 per
share, respectively, subject to anti-dilution. No dividends have been declared
from inception through January 31, 2000.
 
LIQUIDATION
 
     In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, winding up, or merger where
less than 50% of the voting power is maintained by existing shareholders of the
Company, the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E shareholders
are entitled to receive prior and in preference to any distribution to the
holders of common stock, an amount per share equal to $0.67, $1.10, $3.50, $4.33
and $10.00, respectively, plus any declared but unpaid dividends. The remaining
assets shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of Series A, Series B,
Series C, Series D and Series E based on the number of shares held. However,
such incremental distribution is limited to an amount equal to $1.67, $2.75,
$8.75, $10.83 and $25.00 per share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and
Series E, respectively. All remaining assets shall be distributed pro rata to
the holders of common stock.
 
                                      F-12

<PAGE>   94
                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
CONVERSION
 
     Each Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E share is
convertible into four shares of common stock at the option of the holder,
subject to adjustments for stock dividends, stock splits, combination of common
stock, consolidations of common stock and the issuance of new common stock. Each
share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E will be
automatically converted upon (i) an initial public offering of the Company at
not less than $3.25 per share with aggregate proceeds greater than $10,000,000,
or (ii) the written consent of the respective shareholders of Series A, Series
B, Series C, Series D and Series E of greater than fifty percent of the
outstanding shares of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E.
 
     At January 31, 2000, the Company has reserved 32,000,000 shares of common
stock for issuance upon conversion of the mandatorily redeemable convertible
preferred stock.
 
     The following is a summary of activity in mandatorily redeemable
convertible preferred stock (in thousands):
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         TOTAL
                                                              SHARES    AMOUNT
                                                              ------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>
Balance at January 31, 1997.................................   3,357    $ 7,176
Issuance of Series D Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible
  Preferred Stock...........................................   1,481      6,289
                                                              ------    -------
Balance at January 31, 1998.................................   4,838     13,465
Issuance of Series D Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible
  Preferred Stock...........................................   1,043      4,059
                                                              ------    -------
Balance at January 31, 1999.................................   5,881     17,524
Issuance of Series E Mandatorily Redeemable Convertible
  Preferred Stock...........................................     350      3,500
Issuance of Series C and Series D Mandatorily Redeemable
  Convertible Preferred Stock upon exercise of warrants.....     379      1,329
                                                              ------    -------
Balance at January 31, 2000.................................   6,610    $22,353
                                                              ======    =======
</TABLE>

 
NOTE 5 -- PREFERRED AND COMMON STOCK WARRANTS:
 
     At January 31, 2000, the Company has reserved 136,353 and 60,000 shares of
Preferred Stock and Common Stock, respectively, for the issuance of shares upon
the exercise of warrants.
 
     In connection with the issuance of Series C, the Company issued warrants to
purchase 471,428 shares of Series C at $3.50 per share. Warrants to purchase
377,142 shares of Series C were exercised in April and May 2000, and 94,286
warrants expired during fiscal 2000.
 
     During fiscal 1998, in connection with the issuance of Series D, the
Company received bridge financing of approximately $2,200,000 for which it
issued warrants to purchase 93,473 shares of Series D at $4.33 per share. The
warrants are exercisable after December 10, 1997 for $4.33 per share, subject to
anti-dilution, and are exercisable on a net basis. The warrants expire upon the
earlier of (i) closing of an initial public offering of the Company's common
stock, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of its assets or acquisition of
the Company by another entity, or (iii) June 27, 2000. The Company valued the
warrants under the "Black-Scholes" formula at approximately $84,000. The warrant
value has been recorded as interest expense.
 
   
     During fiscal 1999, in connection with the Company's Loan and Security
Agreement with a bank, the Company issued warrants to purchase 45,000 shares of
Series D at $4.33 per share. The warrants are exercisable after May 21, 1998 for
$4.33 per share, subject to anti-dilution, and are exercisable on a net basis.
The warrants expire upon the earlier of (i) one year after the closing of an
initial public offering of the Company's common stock, or (ii) May 21, 2003. The
Company valued the
    
 
                                      F-13

<PAGE>   95
                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
warrants under the "Black-Scholes" formula at approximately $66,000. The warrant
value has been recorded as interest expense.
 
   
     In July 1999, in connection with the Company's Loan and Security Agreement
with a bank, the Company issued warrants to purchase 60,000 shares of Common
Stock at $1.50 per share. The warrants are exercisable after July 16, 1999 for
$1.50 per share, subject to anti-dilution, and are exercisable on a net basis.
The warrants expire upon the earlier of (i) one year after the closing of an
initial public offering of the Company's common stock, or (ii) July 16, 2004.
The Company valued the warrants under the "Black-Scholes" formula at
approximately $23,000. The warrant value has been recorded as interest expense.
    
 
NOTE 6 -- COMMON STOCK:
 
     In April 1995, the Company adopted the 1995 Stock Option Plan, (the "Option
Plan"). The Option Plan, as amended, has 29,500,000 shares of common stock
reserved for issuance thereunder.
 
THE OPTION PLAN
 
     The Option Plan allows for the issuance of incentive and nonqualified stock
options to employees and consultants of the Company.
 
   
     Options granted under the Option Plan are generally for periods not to
exceed ten years, and generally must be issued at prices not less than 100% and
85%, for incentive and nonqualified stock options, respectively, of the fair
market value of the stock on the date of grant as determined by the Board of
Directors. Incentive stock options granted to shareholders who own greater than
10% of the outstanding stock are for periods not to exceed five years, and must
be issued at prices not less than 110% of the fair market value of the stock on
the date of grant. The options vest 20% one year after the vesting commencement
date and the remaining shares vest one-sixtieth per month over the remaining
forty-eight months. Options granted under the Plan may be exercised prior to
vesting. The Company has the right to repurchase such shares at their original
purchase price if the optionee is terminated from service prior to vesting. Such
right expires as the options vest over a five year period.
    
 
1997 DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
   
     In August 1997, the Company adopted the 1997 Directors' Stock Option Plan
(the "Directors' Plan"). The Directors' Plan has 900,000 shares of common stock
reserved thereunder. Under the Directors' Plan, an outside director is granted
180,000 options upon appointment to the Board of Directors. These options vest
20% one year after the vesting commencement date and remaining shares vest
one-sixtieth per month over the remaining forty-eight months. An outside
director is also granted 36,000 options on the date of each annual meeting of
the shareholders. These options vest one-twelfth per month over twelve months
after the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date. Options granted
under the Directors' Plan may be exercised prior to vesting. The Company has the
right to repurchase such shares at their original purchase price if the director
is terminated or resigns from the Board of Directors prior to vesting. Such
right expires as the options vest over a five year period.
    
 
                                      F-14

<PAGE>   96
                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
     Aggregate activity under both the Option Plan and the Directors' Plan was
as follows:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         WEIGHTED
                                                                                          AVERAGE
                                                                                          OPTIONS
                                                              SHARES        OPTIONS        PRICE
                                                             AVAILABLE    OUTSTANDING    PER SHARE
                                                             ---------    -----------    ---------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>            <C>
Balance at January 31, 1997................................    1,156         7,698         $0.04
Additional shares authorized...............................    9,900            --            --
Options granted............................................   (7,641)        7,641         $0.18
Options canceled...........................................      813          (813)        $0.04
Options exercised..........................................       --        (1,788)        $0.04
                                                              ------        ------
Balance at January 31, 1998................................    4,228        12,738         $0.12
Additional shares authorized...............................    6,400            --            --
Options granted............................................   (6,677)        6,677         $0.49
Options canceled...........................................    1,032        (1,032)        $0.13
Shares repurchased.........................................      375            --         $0.03
Options exercised..........................................       --        (5,487)        $0.20
                                                              ------        ------
Balance at January 31, 1999................................    5,358        12,896         $0.28
Additional shares authorized...............................    3,600            --
Options granted............................................   (5,289)        5,289         $1.80
Options canceled...........................................    1,363        (1,363)        $0.39
Shares repurchased.........................................       51            --         $0.66
Options exercised..........................................       --        (4,437)        $0.44
                                                              ------        ------
Balance at January 31, 2000................................    5,083        12,385         $0.87
                                                              ======        ======
</TABLE>

 
   
     At January 31, 2000, options to purchase 11,047,560 shares were vested and
5,334,148 unvested shares remain subject to the Company's repurchase rights
under the Option Plan and the Directors Plan.
    
 
ISSUANCE OF COMMON STOCK TO FOUNDERS
 
     In January 1995, the Company issued 36,000,000 shares of its common stock
("the Founders' Shares") to its founders. Each founder has granted the Company a
call right on 50% of his or her shares, exercisable in the event such founder's
employment terminated for any reason. The call right expires at a rate of 1/60
per month. At January 31, 2000, Founders' Shares subject to call aggregated
300,000.
 
OTHER STOCK OPTIONS
 
     In October 1995 and July 1996, the Company granted to a director
nonqualified common stock options to purchase 3,000,000 shares of common stock
in total. One-half of the common stock options vest ratably over the five year
vesting period. The remaining common stock options vest 20% one year after the
date of grant and the remaining shares vest one-sixtieth per month over the
remaining forty-eight months. In 1995, the director exercised 1,500,000 shares,
of which 225,000 shares are subject to repurchase as of January 31, 2000 in the
event he ceases to be a director.
 
     In January 1998, the Company granted to a director a nonqualified common
stock option to purchase 450,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of
$0.25. The option vests 20% one year after the vesting commencement date and
remaining shares vest one-sixtieth per month over the remaining forty-eight
months.
 
                                      F-15

<PAGE>   97
                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
     Information relating to stock options outstanding under the Option Plan and
the Directors' Plan at January 31, 2000 was as follows:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
                                  --------------------------------------
                                                  WEIGHTED
                                                   AVERAGE
                                                  REMAINING     WEIGHTED
                                    NUMBER       CONTRACTUAL    EXERCISE
                                  OUTSTANDING       LIFE         PRICE
                                  -----------    -----------    --------
<S>                               <C>            <C>            <C>
Range of exercise prices:
  $0.03 - $0.04.................   2,325,904        6.16         $0.04
  $0.05 - $0.25.................   2,636,248        7.50         $0.16
  $0.33 - $0.88.................   1,969,872        8.61         $0.42
  $1.06 - $2.00.................   4,433,900        9.40         $1.43
  $2.50 - $3.00.................   1,020,000        9.98         $3.00
                                  ----------
                                  12,385,924
                                  ==========
</TABLE>

 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   OPTIONS VESTED
                                                ---------------------
                                                             WEIGHTED
                                                             AVERAGE
                                                  NUMBER     EXERCISE
                                                  VESTED      PRICE
                                                ----------   --------
<S>                                             <C>          <C>
Range of exercise prices:
  $0.03 - $0.04...............................   4,761,000    $0.04
  $0.05 - $0.25...............................   4,635,992    $0.14
  $0.33 - $0.88...............................   1,460,568    $0.39
  $1.06 - $1.25...............................     190,000    $1.06
                                                ----------
                                                11,047,560
                                                ==========
</TABLE>

 
CERTAIN PRO FORMA DISCLOSURES
 
     Had compensation expense for the Company's option grants been determined
based on the fair value at the grant dates, as prescribed in SFAS 123, the
Company's net income (loss) would have been as follows:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                  -----------------------------------------
                                                     1998           1999           2000
                                                  -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>            <C>
Net income (loss):
  As reported...................................  $(7,444,000)   $  (959,000)   $13,070,000
  Pro forma.....................................  $(7,505,000)   $(1,572,000)   $11,857,000
Basic net income (loss) per share:
  As reported...................................  $     (0.24)   $     (0.03)   $      0.32
  Pro forma.....................................  $     (0.25)   $     (0.05)   $      0.29
Diluted net income (loss) per share:
  As reported...................................  $     (0.24)   $     (0.03)   $      0.16
  Pro forma.....................................  $     (0.25)   $     (0.05)   $      0.15
</TABLE>

 
     For the purpose of above noted SFAS 123 pro forma disclosure the fair value
of each option grant has been estimated on the date of grant using the minimum
value method as prescribed by
 
                                      F-16

<PAGE>   98
                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
SFAS 123. The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of options and
assumptions used in the SFAS 123 calculations:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                             -----------------------
                                                             1998     1999     2000
                                                             -----    -----    -----
<S>                                                          <C>      <C>      <C>
Estimated fair value.......................................  $0.04    $0.38    $2.96
Expected life (years)......................................      5        5        5
Risk-free interest rate....................................    6.0%     4.5%     6.1%
Dividend yield.............................................     --       --       --
Volatility.................................................     --       --       --
</TABLE>

 
STOCK COMPENSATION
 
     During the years ended January 31, 1999 and 2000, the Company granted
options to employees and directors and recognized unearned stock compensation of
approximately $262,000 and $13,852,000, respectively. Such unearned stock
compensation is being amortized using an accelerated method over the vesting
period of five years and may decrease due to employees that terminate service
prior to vesting.
 
   
     In February 2000, the Company granted options to employees and recognized
unearned stock compensation of approximately $5,761,000. Such unearned stock
compensation will be amortized using the accelerated method over the vesting
period of five years and may decrease due to employees that terminate prior to
vesting.
    
 
NOTE 7 -- BENEFIT PLAN:
 
     Effective January 1, 1994, the Company adopted a 401(k) plan which allows
all employees to participate by making salary deferred contributions to the
401(k) plan ranging from 1% to 20% of eligible earnings. The Company may make
discretionary contributions to the 401(k) plan upon approval by the Board of
Directors. No company contributions were made to the 401(k) plan from inception
through January 31, 2000.
 
NOTE 8 -- INCOME TAXES:
 
     The provision for income taxes for the years ended January 31, 1998, 1999
and 2000 consists of the following (in thousands):
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                          ------------------------
                                                          1998     1999      2000
                                                          -----    -----    ------
<S>                                                       <C>      <C>      <C>
Current tax expense
  Federal...............................................  $ 354    $ 571    $  387
  State.................................................      1        1         1
  Foreign...............................................      8      364     4,582
                                                          -----    -----    ------
          Total current tax expense.....................    363      936     4,970
                                                          -----    -----    ------
Deferred income tax
  Federal...............................................   (218)    (298)     (380)
  State.................................................    (99)    (155)     (234)
                                                          -----    -----    ------
          Total deferred income tax expense.............   (317)    (453)     (614)
                                                          -----    -----    ------
          Total provision for income taxes..............  $  46    $ 483    $4,356
                                                          =====    =====    ======
</TABLE>

 
                                      F-17

<PAGE>   99
                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
     Deferred tax assets (liabilities) consists of the following (in thousands):
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       AS OF JANUARY 31,
                                                     ----------------------
                                                     1998    1999     2000
                                                     ----    ----    ------
<S>                                                  <C>     <C>     <C>
Research and development credits...................  $363    $598    $1,281
California investment credits......................    --      29        29
Reserves and accruals..............................    47     213       324
Depreciation.......................................    --       2        --
                                                     ----    ----    ------
Total deferred tax assets..........................   410     842     1,634
                                                     ----    ----    ------
Deferred tax liabilities...........................   (21)     --      (178)
                                                     ----    ----    ------
Net deferred tax assets............................  $389    $842    $1,456
                                                     ====    ====    ======
</TABLE>

    
 
     Reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax to the Company's
effective tax:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                      -------------------------
                                                       1998      1999     2000
                                                      ------    ------    -----
<S>                                                   <C>       <C>       <C>
Provision (benefit) at federal statutory rate.......  (34.0%)   (34.0%)   35.0%
Non-U.S. losses.....................................   38.4     262.2       --
Difference in U.S. and non-U.S. taxes...............     --      (8.5)    (8.2)
State taxes, net of federal benefit.................   (0.9)    (23.5)    (0.9)
General business credits............................   (3.0)    (88.8)    (5.4)
Non-cash stock compensation.........................     --       3.3      4.4
Other...............................................    0.1       0.7      0.1
                                                      -----     -----     ----
          Effective tax rate........................    0.6%    111.4%    25.0%
                                                      =====     =====     ====
</TABLE>

 
     The U.S. and non-U.S. components of income (loss) before income taxes are:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                      -----------------------------
                                                       1998       1999       2000
                                                      -------    -------    -------
<S>                                                   <C>        <C>        <C>
U.S. operations.....................................  $   247    $   580    $ 1,222
Non-U.S. operations.................................   (7,645)    (1,056)    16,204
                                                      -------    -------    -------
                                                      $(7,398)   $  (476)   $17,426
                                                      =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>

 
     As of January 31, 2000, the Company had federal research tax credit
carryforwards for U.S. federal income tax return purposes of approximately
$800,000 that expire through 2020. As of January 31, 2000, the Company had
unused California research tax credits of approximately $700,000 that will
carryforward indefinitely until utilized.
 
     Federal and state tax laws impose restrictions on the utilization of tax
credit carryforwards in the event of an "ownership change" as defined by the
Internal Revenue Code.
 
     Pending approval from the Economic Development Board of Singapore, the
Company's Singapore operations are expected to enjoy, effective July 1, 1999, a
tax holiday from Singapore taxes on certain non-investment income. The Company
will be required to comply with certain conditions for minimum levels of
investment, headcount and the nature of its activities at its Singapore
operations to maintain the tax holiday. The tax holiday would have had an
immaterial impact on the Company's net income in fiscal 2000.
 
                                      F-18

<PAGE>   100
                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 9 -- COMMITMENTS
 
     The Company is obligated under noncancelable operating leases for its
facilities and under capital leases for certain equipment. The capital leases
expire in fiscal year 2002 and include a buyout option.
 
     Future minimum lease payments under the operating and capital leases are as
follows (in thousands):
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              OPERATING    CAPITAL
                                                               LEASES      LEASES
                                                              ---------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
2001........................................................   $1,372       $ 75
2002........................................................    1,357         36
2003........................................................       52         --
                                                               ------       ----
Total minimum lease payments................................   $2,781        111
                                                               ======
Less: amount representing interest..........................                  (1)
                                                                            ----
Present value of minimum lease payments.....................                 110
Less: current portion.......................................                 (74)
                                                                            ----
Long-term lease obligation..................................                $ 36
                                                                            ====
</TABLE>

 
     Rent expense on the operating leases for the years ended January 31, 1998,
1999 and 2000 was approximately $105,000, $214,000 and $859,000, respectively.
 
PURCHASE COMMITMENTS
 
     The Company's manufacturing relationships with foundries allow for the
cancellation of all outstanding purchase orders, but requires repayment of all
expenses incurred to date. As of January 31, 2000, foundries had incurred
approximately $5,600,000 of manufacturing expenses on the Company's outstanding
purchase orders.
 
NOTE 10 -- SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION:
 
     The Company has adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131
"Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" ("SFAS
131"). Based on its operating management and financial reporting structure, the
Company has determined that it has one reportable business segment: the design,
development and sale of integrated circuits.
 
     The following is a summary of product revenue by geographic area based on
the location of shipments (in thousands):
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          YEARS ENDED JANUARY 31,
                                                         --------------------------
                                                         1998     1999       2000
                                                         ----    -------    -------
<S>                                                      <C>     <C>        <C>
Japan..................................................  $ --    $11,197    $36,284
Singapore..............................................    --         14     25,234
Korea..................................................    --      9,680      4,342
Philippines............................................    --          2     10,921
United States..........................................   625        276        309
Others.................................................    --         84      4,285
                                                         ----    -------    -------
                                                         $625    $21,253    $81,375
                                                         ====    =======    =======
</TABLE>

 
                                      F-19

<PAGE>   101
                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
     All sales are denominated in United States dollars. For all periods
presented, substantially all of the Company's long-lived assets were located in
the United States.
 
NOTE 11 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:
 
INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
 
     On March 21, 2000, the Company's Board of Directors authorized management
of the Company to file a Registration Statement with the Securities and Exchange
Commission permitting the Company to sell its common stock to the public.
 
STOCK DIVIDEND
 
     On March 17, 2000, the Company's shareholders approved two 100% common
stock dividends. All references throughout the consolidated financial statements
to number of shares, per share amounts and stock option data have been restated
to reflect the common stock dividends. Additionally, on January 21, 2000, the
authorized common shares was proposed to be increased to 242,000,000 by the
Board of Directors. This increase was approved on March 17, 2000 by the
Company's shareholders and took effect on that date.
 
RESTRICTED CASH
 
   
     In March 2000, the Company invested $3,000,000 in a certificate of deposit
with a U.S. financial institution as security for a standby letter of credit
with a supplier for the same amount. This standby letter of credit expires on
September 1, 2000.
    
 
                                      F-20

<PAGE>   102
 
------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------
 
     No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any
information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must
not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is
an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances
and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in
this prospectus is current only as of its date.
 
                            ------------------------
 
 
                              TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Page
                                        ----
<S>                                     <C>
Prospectus Summary....................    3
Risk Factors..........................    7
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking
  Statements..........................   21
Use of Proceeds.......................   22
Dividend Policy.......................   22
Capitalization........................   23
Dilution..............................   24
Selected Consolidated Financial
  Data................................   26
Management's Discussion and Analysis
  of Financial Condition and Results
  of Operations.......................   27
Business..............................   36
Management............................   51
Certain Transactions..................   59
Principal Shareholders................   61
Description of Capital Stock..........   63
Certain Foreign Issuer
  Considerations......................   68
Taxation of Shareholders..............   71
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.......   76
Underwriting..........................   78
Validity of Common Stock..............   79
Experts...............................   79
Additional Information................   80
Index to Consolidated Financial
  Statements..........................  F-1
</TABLE>

    
 
                            ------------------------
 
     Through and including             , 2000 (the 25th day after the date of
this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities,
whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus
when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or
subscription.
------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------
 
   
                                6,000,000 Shares
    
                               MARVELL TECHNOLOGY
                                   GROUP LTD.
                                  Common Stock
                            ------------------------
 
                                      LOGO
                            ------------------------
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
                               J.P. MORGAN & CO.
 
                               ROBERTSON STEPHENS
 
                      Representatives of the Underwriters
 
------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>   103
 

                                    PART II
 
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
     The following table sets forth the various expenses in connection with the
sale and distribution of the securities being registered, other than the
underwriting discounts and commissions. All amounts shown are estimates, except
the Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee and the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Filing Fee.
 
   

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee.........  $   19,800
National Association of Securities Dealers Filing Fee.......       8,000
Nasdaq National Market Listing Fee..........................      95,000
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses..................................      15,000
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees...........................      10,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses................................     300,000
Legal Fees and Expenses.....................................     800,000
Printing Expenses...........................................     250,000
Miscellaneous...............................................      27,200
                                                              ----------
  Total.....................................................  $1,525,000
                                                              ==========
</TABLE>

    
 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
     Bermuda law permits a company to indemnify its directors and officers,
except for any act of fraud or dishonesty. Marvell has provided in its Bye-laws
that the directors and officers and the liquidators and trustees, if any, of
Marvell will be indemnified and secured harmless to the full extent permitted by
law out of the assets of Marvell from and against all actions, costs, charges,
losses, damages and expenses incurred by reason of any act done, concurred in or
omitted in or about the execution of their duties of supposed duties, or in
their respective offices or trusts, and none of them shall be answerable for the
acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the others of them or for joining in any
receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with
whom any moneys or effects belonging to Marvell shall or may be lodged or
deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security
upon which any moneys of or belonging to Marvell shall be placed out on or
invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the
execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto, other
than in the case of any fraud or dishonesty. In addition, Marvell has provided
in its Bye-laws that each shareholder of Marvell agrees to waive any claim or
right of action, individually or in the right of Marvell, against any director
or officer of Marvell on account of any action taken by such director or
officer, or the failure of such director or officer to take any action, in the
performance of his duties with or for Marvell, other than with respect to any
matter involving any fraud or dishonesty on behalf of such director or officer.
 
     Bermuda law also permits Marvell to purchase insurance for the benefit of
its directors and officers against any liability incurred by them for the
failure to exercise the requisite care, diligence and skill in the exercise of
their powers and the discharge of their duties, or indemnifying them in respect
of any loss arising or liability incurred by them by reason of negligence,
default, breach of duty or breach of trust. Marvell plans to purchase
indemnification insurance for its officers and directors.
 

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
   
     From January 1, 1997 through April 30, 2000, we have issued and sold the
following unregistered securities:
    
 
          1. In June, 1997, we issued convertible promissory notes in the
     aggregate principal amount of $2,211,250 to six investors for $2,211,250 in
     cash. In conjunction with the issuance of the
 
                                      II-1

<PAGE>   104
 
     convertible promissory notes, we issued warrants to purchase 76,544 shares
     of Series D preferred stock to such investors at an exercise price of $4.33
     per share, which warrants expire, if not earlier exercised, on the earlier
     of June 27, 2000 or the consummation of this offering. The number of shares
     subject to such warrant equaled 15% of the principal amount of each
     purchaser's note divided by the exercise price, which was $6.50 prior to
     the June 1998 stock split. In December 1997, these noteholders converted
     the convertible promissory notes into 510,288 shares of Series D Preferred
     at a conversion price of $4.33 per share.
 
          2. In December 1997, as partial consideration for acting as our
     placement agents, we issued warrants to InveStar Capital, Inc. and
     Hambrecht & Quist LLC to purchase an aggregate of 16,929 shares of Series D
     preferred stock at an exercise price of $4.33 per share, which warrants
     expire, if not earlier exercised, on the earlier of June 27, 2000 or the
     consummation of this offering.
 
   
          3. During the period December 1997 through March 2000, we sold an
     aggregate of 2,548,288 shares of Series D preferred stock to 54 accredited
     investors pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation D. We sold the shares at a
     purchase price of $4.33 per share for an aggregate consideration of
     $11,042,506 in cash.
    
 
          4. In May 1998, in connection with a loan agreement we issued a
     warrant to our bank to purchase up to 45,000 shares of Series D preferred
     stock at an exercise price of $4.33 per share.
 
          5. In June 1999, in connection with a loan agreement we issued a
     warrant to our bank to purchase up to 60,000 shares of common stock at an
     exercise price of $1.50.
 
          6. In July 1999, we sold an aggregate of 350,000 shares of Series E
     preferred stock to an investor at a purchase price of $10.00 per share for
     an aggregate consideration of $3,500,000 in cash.
 
   
          7. As of April 30, 2000, 15,264,331 shares of common stock had been
     issued to our employees, directors and consultants upon exercise of options
     at exercise prices ranging from $0.03 to $5.00 per share and 11,492,809
     shares of common were issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under
     our stock option plans at exercise prices ranging from $0.03 to $5.00 per
     share.
    
 
   
     All share numbers and exercise prices for common stock have been adjusted
to reflect the 50% stock dividend in June 1998 and the two 100% common stock
dividends approved by our shareholders on March 17, 2000. All share numbers and
exercise prices for preferred stock have been adjusted to reflect the 50% stock
dividend in June 1998. Although the number of shares of Series D preferred stock
and the Series E preferred stock were not affected by the two 100% common stock
dividends approved by our shareholders on March 17, 2000, all of the 2,548,288
outstanding shares of Series D preferred stock and the 350,000 shares of Series
E preferred stock will automatically convert on a four-for-one basis into shares
of common stock upon the consummation of this offering.
    
 
     The sales and issuances of securities listed above were deemed to be exempt
from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, Regulation D
thereunder as transactions not involving a public offering or by virtue of Rule
701 as transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts
relating to compensation. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted
securities for purposes of the Securities Act.
 
                                      II-2

<PAGE>   105
 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
     The following exhibits are filed herewith:
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                           EXHIBIT TITLE
-------                          -------------
<S>       <C>
 1.1      Form of Underwriting Agreement
 3.1      Memorandum of Association*
 3.2      Bye-laws*
 4.1      Specimen Common Stock Certificate
 5.1      Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman
 8.1      Tax Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP
10.1      1995 Stock Option Plan*
10.2      1997 Directors' Stock Option Plan*
10.3      2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan*
10.4      Sublease between Netscape Communications, Inc. and Marvell
          Semiconductor, Inc. dated October 1, 1998*
10.5      First Amendment to Sublease between Netscape Communications,
          Inc. and Marvell Semiconductor, Inc. dated October 1, 1999 *
10.6      Investor Rights Agreement dated September 10, 1999*
10.7      Wafer Purchase Agreement by and between Marvell Technology
          Group Ltd. and Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing
          Corporation dated June 30, 1997
21.1      Subsidiaries*
23.1      Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2      Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (contained in Exhibit 8.1)
23.3      Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
24.1      Power of Attorney (included in II-4 -- II-5)
27.1      Financial Data Schedule*
</TABLE>

    
 
---------------
   
*  Previously Filed
    
 
   
     Other financial statement schedules are omitted because the information
called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or the
notes thereto.
    
 

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
     (a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the provisions described under "Item
14 -- Indemnification of Directors and Officers" above, or otherwise, the
Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities
Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
     (b) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
          (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of
     this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
     form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
     (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
     Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
                                      II-3

<PAGE>   106
 
          (2) For the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
     be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
     offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
     deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
     (c) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement,
certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by
the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
                                      II-4

<PAGE>   107
 

                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sunnyvale,
State of California, on the 4th day of May, 2000.
    
 
                                          MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
 
                                          By:      /s/ SEHAT SUTARDJA
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                     Dr. Sehat Sutardja
                                                  Chief Executive Officer
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
     KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each individual whose signature
appears below constitutes and appoints Sehat Sutardja and Thor Buell and each of
them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of
substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and
all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective
amendments, to this Registration Statement, and to sign any registration
statement for the same offering covered by the Registration Statement that is to
be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto,
and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection
therewith, making such changes in this Registration Statement as such person or
persons so acting deems appropriate, with the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda or any other regulatory authority in
Bermuda as appropriate, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and
each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and
thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to
all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby
ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of
them, or his, her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause
to be done or by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the
following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   SIGNATURE                                     TITLE                      DATE
                   ---------                                     -----                      ----
<S>                                               <C>                                  <C>
               /s/ SEHAT SUTARDJA                      Co-Chairman of the Board,        May 4, 2000
------------------------------------------------     President and Chief Executive
               Dr. Sehat Sutardja                    Officer (Principal Executive
                                                               Officer)
 
               /s/ GEORGE HERVEY                      Chief Financial Officer and       May 4, 2000
------------------------------------------------       Vice President of Finance
                 George Hervey                    (Principal Financial and Accounting
                                                               Officer)
 
                       *                               Executive Vice President         May 4, 2000
------------------------------------------------             and Director
                   Weili Dai
 
                       *                               Chief Technology Officer         May 4, 2000
------------------------------------------------             and Director
              Dr. Pantas Sutardja
</TABLE>

    
 
                                      II-5

<PAGE>   108
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   SIGNATURE                                     TITLE                      DATE
                   ---------                                     -----                      ----
<S>                                               <C>                                  <C>
                       *                               Co-Chairman of the Board         May 4, 2000
------------------------------------------------
                Diosdado Banatao
 
                       *                                       Director                 May 4, 2000
------------------------------------------------
                 Herbert Chang
 
                                                               Director                 May 4, 2000
------------------------------------------------
               Dr. John M. Cioffi
 
                                                               Director                 May 4, 2000
------------------------------------------------
                Dr. Paul R. Gray
 
                       *                                       Director                 May 4, 2000
------------------------------------------------
                  Ron Verdoorn
 
            *By: /s/ SEHAT SUTARDJA
   ------------------------------------------
               Dr. Sehat Sutardja
        As attorney-in-fact pursuant to
          power of attorney previously
         filed with the Securities and
              Exchange Commission.
</TABLE>

    
 
                                      II-6

<PAGE>   109
 

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                           EXHIBIT TITLE
-------                          -------------
<C>       <S>
  1.1     Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1     Memorandum of Association*
  3.2     Bye-laws*
  4.1     Specimen Common Stock Certificate
  5.1     Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman
  8.1     Tax Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP
 10.1     1995 Stock Option Plan*
 10.2     1997 Directors' Stock Option Plan*
 10.3     2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan*
 10.4     Sublease between Netscape Communications, Inc. and Marvell
          Semiconductor, Inc. dated October 1, 1998*
 10.5     First Amendment to Sublease between Netscape Communications,
          Inc. and Marvell Semiconductor, Inc. dated October 1, 1999*
 10.6     Investor Rights Agreement dated September 10, 1999*
 10.7     Wafer Purchase Agreement by and between Marvell Technology
          Group Ltd. and Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing
          Corporation dated June 30, 1997
 21.1     Subsidiaries*
 23.1     Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
 23.2     Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (contained in Exhibit 8.1)
 23.3     Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 24.1     Power of Attorney (included in II-4 -- II-5)
 27.1     Financial Data Schedule*
</TABLE>

    
 
---------------
*  Previously Filed
   
    

<PAGE>   110
[Alternate Table of Contents to immediately follow the cover page in the
electronic version of the prospectus.]


            TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Page
                                        ----
<S>                                     <C>
Prospectus Summary....................    3
Risk Factors..........................    7
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking
  Statements..........................   21
Use of Proceeds.......................   22
Dividend Policy.......................   22
Capitalization........................   23
Dilution..............................   24
Selected Consolidated Financial
  Data................................   26
Management's Discussion and Analysis
  of Financial Condition and Results
  of Operations.......................   27
Business..............................   36
Management............................   52
Certain Transactions..................   60
Principal Shareholders................   62
Description of Capital Stock..........   65
Certain Foreign Issuer
  Considerations......................   70
Taxation of Shareholders..............   73
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.......   78
Underwriting..........................   80
Validity of Common Stock..............   81
Experts...............................   81
Additional Information................   82
Index to Consolidated Financial
  Statements..........................  F-1
</TABLE>

    
 





<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 1.1


                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP, LTD.

                                  COMMON STOCK

                                    --------

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                                                          , 2000
                                                            --------------
Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
FleetBoston Robertson Stephens Inc.,
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.,
  As representatives of the several Underwriters
    named in Schedule I hereto,
c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
2765 Sand Hill Road,
Menlo Park, California  94025.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Marvell Technology Group, Ltd., a Bermuda corporation (the "Company"),
proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell
to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the "Underwriters") an aggregate
of ........ shares (the "Firm Shares") and, at the election of the Underwriters,
up to ........ additional shares (the "Optional Shares") of common stock, par
value $____ per share ("Stock") of the Company (the Firm Shares and the Optional
Shares that the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof
being collectively called the "Shares").

        1. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the
Underwriters that:

        (a) A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-....) (the
"Initial Registration Statement") in respect of the Shares has been filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"); the Initial
Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment
 thereto, each in the
form heretofore delivered to you, and, excluding exhibits thereto, for each of
the other Underwriters, have been declared effective by the Commission in such
form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the
offering (a "Rule 462(b) Registration Statement"), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b)
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), which became effective
upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration
Statement has heretofore been filed with the Commission; and no stop order
suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any
post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if
any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or
threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial
Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of
the rules and regulations of the


<PAGE>   2

Commission under the Act is hereinafter called a "Preliminary Prospectus"; the
various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b)
Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the
information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission
pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof and
deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial
Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at
the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or
such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter
becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the "Registration
Statement"; and such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule
424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the "Prospectus";

        (b) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary
Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus,
at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the
requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit
to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty
shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in
conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an
Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein;

        (c) The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any
further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act
and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will
not, as of the applicable effective date as to the Registration Statement and
any amendment thereto, and as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus
and any amendment or supplement thereto, contain an untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that
this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions
made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to
the Company by an Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use
therein;

        (d) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained since
the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Prospectus
any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood
or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor
dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set
forth or contemplated in the Prospectus; and, since the respective dates as of
which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus,
there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than grants of options
under the Company's option plans described in the Registration Statement, and
exercises of such options or options described in the Registration Statement) or
long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any material adverse
change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in
or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders'
equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, otherwise
than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus;

        (e) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in
fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal
property owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances
and defects except such as are described in the Prospectus or such as do not
materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere in any
material respect with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by
the Company and its subsidiaries; and


<PAGE>   3

any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its
subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases
with such exceptions as are not material and do not interfere in any material
respect with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings
by the Company and its subsidiaries;

        (f) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a
corporation in good standing under the laws of Bermuda, with power and authority
(corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as
described in the Prospectus, and has been duly qualified as a foreign
corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the
laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or
conducts any business so as to require such qualification, or is subject to no
material liability or disability by reason of the failure to be so qualified in
any such jurisdiction; and each subsidiary of the Company has been duly
incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the
laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation;

        (g) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the
Prospectus, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company have
been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable
and conform to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus; and all of
the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been
duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and
(except for directors' qualifying shares) are owned directly or indirectly by
the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims; the
holders of outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are not entitled
to preemptive or other rights to acquire the Shares; except as described in the
Registration Statement, there are no outstanding securities convertible into or
exchangeable for, or warrants, rights or options to purchase from the Company,
or obligations of the Company to issue, the Stock or any other class of capital
stock of the Company;

        (h) The unissued Shares to be issued and sold by the Company to the
Underwriters hereunder have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued
and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, will be duly and
validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable and will conform to the
description of the Stock contained in the Prospectus;

        (i) The issue and sale of the Shares by the Company and the compliance
by the Company with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation
of the transactions herein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a
breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a
default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other
agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a
party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which
any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is
subject, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the
memorandum of association or articles or certificate of incorporation or
by-laws, or other organizational documents, of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries or any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or
Governmental Agency (as defined herein) or body having jurisdiction over the
Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties; and no consent,
approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any
such court or Governmental Agency or body is required for the issue and sale of
the Shares or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement, except the registration under the Act of the Shares and such
consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be
required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase
and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;

        (j) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of
its memorandum of association or articles or certificate of incorporation or
by-laws, or other organizational documents, or


<PAGE>   4

in default in the performance or observance of any material obligation,
agreement, covenant or condition contained in any material indenture, mortgage,
deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other material agreement or instrument
to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound;

        (k) No stamp or other issuance or transfer taxes or duties and no
capital gains, income, withholding or other taxes are payable by or on behalf of
the Underwriters to any potential subdivision or taxing authority thereof or
therein in connection with the execution of this agreement, the sale and
delivery by the Company of the Shares or the issuance of the Shares;

        (l) The statements set forth in the Prospectus under the caption
"Description of Capital Stock", insofar as they purport to constitute a summary
of the terms of the Stock, under the caption "Taxation", and under the caption
"Underwriting", insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws
and documents referred to therein, are accurate and fair in all material
respects;

        (m) Other than as set forth in the Prospectus, there are no legal or
governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries
is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is
the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its
subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse
effect on the current or future consolidated financial position, stockholders'
equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries; and, to the
best of the Company's knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or
contemplated by any Governmental Agency (as defined herein) or threatened by
others;

        (n) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is and, after giving
effect to the offering and sale of the Shares, will be an "investment company",
as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the
"Investment Company Act");

        (o) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who have certified certain financial
statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, are independent public
accountants as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the
Commission thereunder;

        (p) Except as described in the Prospectus, the Company and its
subsidiaries own, possess or have the right to employ the patents, patent
rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and
other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information,
software, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names,
inventions, computer programs, technical data and information (collectively, the
"Intellectual Property Rights") presently being employed to conduct their
businesses as now conducted; and the expected expiration of any such
Intellectual Property Rights would not, individually or in the aggregate, result
in a material adverse effect or any development that could reasonably be
expected to result in a material adverse effect on the current or future
consolidated financial position, stockholders' equity or results of operations
of the Company and its subsidiaries. Except as described in the Prospectus, the
Intellectual Property Rights presently employed by the Company and its
subsidiaries in connection with the businesses now operated by them or which are
proposed to be operated by them, as described in the Prospectus, are owned or
licensed, to the Company's knowledge, free and clear of and without violating
any right, claimed rights, charge, encumbrance, pledge, security interest,
restriction or lien of any kind of any other person, and neither the Company nor
any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of infringement of or conflict
with asserted rights of others with respect to any of the foregoing except as
would not reasonably be expected to individually or in the aggregate, result in
a material adverse effect, or any development that could reasonably be expected
to result in a material adverse effect on the current or future consolidated
financial position, stockholders' equity or



<PAGE>   5
results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, whether or not
arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business. Except as
described in the Prospectus, to the Company's knowledge, the Intellectual
Property Rights the Company employs in connection with the business and
operations of the Company and its subsidiaries do not infringe on the rights of
any person, except as could not reasonably be expected to individually or in the
aggregate result in a material adverse effect, or any development that could
reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on the current or
future consolidated financial position, stockholders' equity or results of
operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, whether or not arising from
transactions in the ordinary course of business;

        (q) The Company has reviewed its operations and that of its subsidiaries
and any third parties with which the Company or any of its subsidiaries has a
material relationship to evaluate the extent to which the business or operations
of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has been or will be affected by the
Year 2000 Problem. As a result of such review, the Company has no reason to
believe, and does not believe, that the Year 2000 Problem has had or will have a
material adverse effect on the general affairs, management, the past, current or
future consolidated financial position, business prospects, stockholders' equity
or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries or has resulted or
will result in any material loss or interference with the Company's business or
operations. The "Year 2000 Problem" as used herein means any significant risk
that computer hardware or software used in the receipt, transmission,
processing, manipulation, storage, retrieval, retransmission or other
utilization of data or in the operation of mechanical or electrical systems of
any kind is not functioning or will not, in the case of dates or time periods
occurring after December 31, 1999, function at least as effectively as in the
case of dates or time periods occurring prior to January 1, 2000;

        (r) All consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations,
clearances and qualifications of or with any court or governmental agency or
body (hereinafter referred to as a "Governmental Agency") having jurisdiction
over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties or any
stock exchange authorities (hereinafter referred to as "Governmental
Authorizations") required for the execution and delivery by the Company of this
Agreement to be duly and validly authorized have been obtained or made and are
in full force and effect;

        (s) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have all licenses,
franchises, permits, authorizations, approvals and orders and other concessions
of and from all Governmental Agencies that are necessary to own or lease their
properties and conduct their businesses as described in the Prospectus; and

        (t) The Company is not a Passive Foreign Investment Company ("PFIC")
within the meaning of Section 1296 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended, and is not likely to become a PFIC.

        2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) the Company
agrees to issue and sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the
Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at
a purchase price per share of $................, the number of Firm Shares set
forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and (b) in the
event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to
purchase Optional Shares as provided below, the Company agrees to issue and sell
to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and
not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at the purchase price per share set
forth in clause (a) of this Section 2, that portion of the number of Optional
Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by
you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number
of Optional Shares by a fraction, the numerator of


<PAGE>   6

which is the maximum number of Optional Shares which such Underwriter is
entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in
Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional
Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.

        The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters the right to purchase at
their election up to ................... Optional Shares, at the purchase price
per share set forth in the paragraph above, for the sole purpose of covering
sales of shares in excess of the number of Firm Shares. Any such election to
purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from you to the
Company, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this
Agreement, setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased
and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by
you but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in
Section 4 hereof) or, unless you and the Company otherwise agree in writing,
earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

        3. Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Firm Shares, the
several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale upon the terms
and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

        4. (a) The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in
definitive form, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such
names as Goldman, Sachs & Co. may request upon at least forty-eight hours' prior
notice to the Company shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to
Goldman, Sachs & Co., through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company
("DTC"), for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of
such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal
(same-day) funds to the account specified by the Company to Goldman, Sachs & Co.
at least forty-eight hours in advance. The Company will cause the certificates
representing the Shares to be made available for checking and packaging at least
twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) with respect
thereto at the office of DTC or its designated custodian (the "Designated
Office"). The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect
to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on ............., 2000 or
such other time and date as Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Company may agree upon
in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time,
on the date specified by Goldman, Sachs & Co. in the written notice given by
Goldman, Sachs & Co. of the Underwriters' election to purchase such Optional
Shares, or such other time and date as Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Company may
agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is
herein called the "First Time of Delivery", such time and date for delivery of
the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the
"Second Time of Delivery", and each such time and date for delivery is herein
called a "Time of Delivery".

        (b) The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on
behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 7 hereof, including the cross
receipt for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the
Underwriters pursuant to Section 7(n) hereof, will be delivered at the offices
of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, 1530 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California (the
"Closing Location"), and the Shares will be delivered at the Designated Office,
all at such Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at
3:00 p.m., Pacific time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Time
of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered
pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties
hereto. For the purposes of this Section 4, "New York Business Day" shall mean
each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which
banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or
executive order to close.



<PAGE>   7

        5. The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:

             (a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and to file
        such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the
        Commission's close of business on the second business day following the
        execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such
        earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to
        make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration
        Statement or Prospectus which shall be disapproved by you promptly after
        reasonable notice thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives
        notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration
        Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any supplement to the
        Prospectus or any amended Prospectus has been filed and to furnish you
        with copies thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice
        thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any
        order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or
        prospectus, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for
        offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening
        of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the
        Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration
        Statement or Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event
        of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or
        suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or prospectus or
        suspending any such qualification, promptly to use its best efforts to
        obtain the withdrawal of such order;

             (b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may
        reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the
        securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may request and to comply
        with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings
        therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to
        complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that in connection
        therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign
        corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any
        jurisdiction;

             (c) Prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the New York
        Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and from time to
        time, to furnish the Underwriters with copies of the Prospectus in New
        York City in such quantities as you may reasonably request, and, if the
        delivery of a prospectus is required at any time prior to the expiration
        of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection
        with the offering or sale of the Shares and if at such time any event
        shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended
        or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or
        omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the
        statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
        were made when such Prospectus is delivered, not misleading, or, if for
        any other reason it shall be necessary during such period to amend or
        supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify you
        and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each
        Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many copies as you may
        from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a
        supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or
        omission or effect such compliance, and in case any Underwriter is
        required to deliver a prospectus in connection with sales of any of the
        Shares at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the
        Prospectus, upon your request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to
        prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many copies as you may
        request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section
        10(a)(3) of the Act;

             (d) To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as
        practicable, but in any event not later than eighteen months after the
        effective date of the Registration Statement (as


<PAGE>   8

        defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act), an earnings statement of the
        Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with
        Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder
        (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158);

             (e) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing
        to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, not
        to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, except as
        provided hereunder any securities of the Company that are substantially
        similar to the Shares, including but not limited to any securities that
        are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to
        receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities (other than
        pursuant to stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or
        exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of,
        the date of this Agreement), without your prior written consent;

             (f) To furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable after the
        end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and
        statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows of the Company
        and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public
        accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the
        first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal
        quarter ending after the effective date of the Registration Statement),
        to make available to its stockholders consolidated summary financial
        information of the Company and its subsidiaries for such quarter in
        reasonable detail;

             (g) During a period of five years from the effective date of the
        Registration Statement, to furnish to you copies of all reports or other
        communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and to
        deliver to you (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports
        and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or
        any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the
        Company is listed; and (ii) such additional information concerning the
        business and financial condition of the Company as you may from time to
        time reasonably request (such financial statements to be on a
        consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its
        subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its stockholders
        generally or to the Commission);

             (h) To use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the
        Shares pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the
        Prospectus under the caption "Use of Proceeds";

             (i) To use its best efforts to list for quotation the Shares on the
        National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotations National
        Market System ("NASDAQ");

             (j) To file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or
        Form 10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Act;

             (k) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company
        shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in
        compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the
        date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing
        either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b)
        Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment
        of such fee pursuant to Rule 111(b) under the Act; and

             (l) Not to (and to cause its subsidiaries not to) take, directly or
        indirectly, any action which is designed to or which constitutes or
        which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization
        or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company.

        6. The Company covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters that
the Company will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees,
disbursements and expenses of the Company's


<PAGE>   9

counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under
the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing and
filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus and the
Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering
of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of word
processing any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the Blue Sky
Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other
documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the
Shares; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares
for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b)
hereof, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in
connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey
(iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on the NASDAQ;
(v) the filing fees incident to, and the fees and disbursements of counsel for
the Underwriters in connection with, securing any required review by the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. of the terms of the sale of the
Shares; (vi) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (vii) the cost and
charges of any transfer agent or registrar; and (viii) all other costs and
expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not
otherwise specifically provided for in this Section. It is understood, however,
that, except as provided in this Section, and Sections 8 and 11 hereof, the
Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of
their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, and
any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

        7. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be
delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to
the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of
the Company herein are, at and as of such Time of Delivery, true and correct,
the condition that the Company shall have performed all of its obligations
hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

             (a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission
        pursuant to Rule 424(b) within the applicable time period prescribed for
        such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance
        with Section 5(a) hereof; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule
        462(b), the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become
        effective by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this
        Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
        Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no
        proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by
        the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part
        of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable
        satisfaction;

             (b) Sullivan & Cromwell, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have
        furnished to you such written opinion or opinions (a draft of each such
        opinion is attached as Annex II(a) hereto), dated such Time of Delivery,
        with respect to such matters as you may reasonably request, and such
        counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may
        reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

             (c) Appleby Spurling & Kempe, Bermuda counsel for the Underwriters,
        shall have furnished to you such written opinion or opinions (a draft of
        each such opinion is attached as Annex II(b) hereto), dated such time of
        Delivery, with respect to such matters as you may reasonably request,
        and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they
        may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

             (d) Thor Buell, General Counsel of the Company, shall have
        furnished to you his written opinion (a draft of such opinion is
        attached as Annex II(c) hereto), dated such Time of Delivery, in form
        and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that:



<PAGE>   10

                    (i) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have all
             licenses and concessions of and from all Governmental Agencies in
             the state of California that are necessary to own or lease their
             properties and conduct their businesses as described in the
             Prospectus; and

                    (ii) To such counsel's knowledge and other than as set forth
             in the Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings
             pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party
             or of which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries
             is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any
             of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a
             material adverse effect on the current or future consolidated
             financial position, stockholders' equity or results of operations
             of the Company and its subsidiaries; and, to the best of such
             counsel's knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or
             contemplated by any Governmental Agency or threatened by others;

             (e) Conyers, Dill & Pearman, Bermuda counsel for the Company, shall
        have furnished to you their written opinion (a draft of such opinion is
        attached as Annex II(d) hereto), dated such Time of Delivery, in form
        and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

                    (i) The form of certificates for the Shares conforms to the
             requirements of Bermuda law;

                    (ii) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly
             existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of
             Bermuda with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its
             properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus;

                    (iii) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have all
             franchises, permits, authorizations, approvals and orders and other
             licenses and concessions of and from all Governmental Agencies that
             are necessary to own or lease their properties and conduct their
             businesses as described in the Prospectus except for such licenses,
             permits, authorizations, concessions, approvals and orders the
             failure to obtain which will not have a material adverse effect on
             the financial condition or results of operations of the Company and
             its subsidiaries;

                    (iv) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set
             forth in the Prospectus, and all of the issued shares of capital
             stock of the Company (including the Shares being delivered at such
             Time of Delivery) have been duly and validly authorized and issued
             and are fully paid and non-assessable; and the Shares conform to
             the description of the Stock contained in the Prospectus; the
             holders of outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are
             not entitled to preemptive or other rights to acquire the Shares;

                    (v) To such counsel's actual knowledge and other than as set
             forth in the Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental
             proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries
             is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of its
             subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the
             Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the
             aggregate have a material adverse effect on the current or future
             consolidated financial position, stockholders' equity or results of
             operations of the Company and its subsidiaries; and, to such
             counsel's actual knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or
             contemplated by any Governmental Agency or threatened by others;



<PAGE>   11

                    (vi) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
             delivered by the Company;

                    (vii) The issue and sale of the Shares being delivered at
             such Time of Delivery by the Company and the compliance by the
             Company with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the
             consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not
             conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the
             terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any
             indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other
             agreement or instrument identified to such counsel by the Company
             as material or the officers' certificate of the Company attached to
             such opinion, nor will such action result in any violation of the
             provisions of the memorandum of association of the Company or any
             statute, rule or regulation known to such counsel of any court or
             Governmental Agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or
             any of its properties, or any order identified by the Company on
             such officers' certificate;

                    (viii) No Governmental Authorization of or with any
             Governmental Agency is required in Bermuda for the issue and sale
             of the Shares by the Company or the consummation by the Company of
             the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

                    (ix) The choice of laws of the State of New York to govern
             this Agreement is a proper, valid and binding choice of law and
             will be recognized and applied by the Courts of Bermuda, assuming
             that such choice of law is a valid and binding choice of law under
             the laws of the State of New York;

                    (x) The Company's agreement to the choice of law provisions
             set forth in Section 14 hereof will be recognized by the courts of
             Bermuda; the Company can sue and be sued in its own name under the
             laws of Bermuda; the irrevocable submission of the Company to the
             exclusive jurisdiction of a New York Court, the waiver by the
             Company of any objection to the venue of a proceeding of a New York
             Court and the agreement of the Company that this Agreement shall be
             governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State
             of New York are legal, valid and binding; service of process
             effected in the manner set forth in Section 14 hereof will be
             effective, insofar as the law of Bermuda is concerned, to confer
             valid personal jurisdiction over the Company; and judgment obtained
             in a New York Court arising out of or in relation to the
             obligations of the Company under this Agreement would be
             enforceable against the Company in the courts of Bermuda;

                    (xi) A final and conclusive judgment of the United States
             Federal or New York State courts under which a sum of money is
             payable, not being a sum payable in respect of taxes or other
             charges of a like nature, in respect of a fine or other penalty, or
             multiple damages, would be enforced as a debt against the Company
             by an action in the Supreme Court of Bermuda without re-examination
             of the merits of the case under the Common Law Doctrine of
             Obligation, provided that such judgment was not obtained by fraud
             or that its enforcement would not be contrary to public policy in
             Bermuda, or that the proceedings in which the same was obtained
             were not contrary to natural justice;

                    (xii) The statements set forth in the Prospectus under the
             caption "Description of Capital Stock", insofar as they purport to
             constitute a summary of the terms of the Stock and to describe the
             provisions of the laws of Bermuda and documents referred to
             therein, are accurate and fair in all material respects;



<PAGE>   12

                    (xiii) The statements in the Prospectus under the captions
             "Service of Process and Enforcement of Liabilities" and "Taxation",
             insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws of
             Bermuda referred to therein, are accurate in all material respects
             and to the extent such statements relate to matters of law or
             regulation or to the provisions of documents therein described, are
             accurate and fair in all material respects, and nothing has been
             omitted from such statements which would make the same misleading
             in any material respect;

                    (xiv) No stamp or other issuance or transfer taxes or duties
             and no capital gains, income, withholding or other taxes are
             payable by or on behalf of you to the Bermuda government or to any
             political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein in
             connection with the execution of this Agreement or the issuance of
             the Shares.

                    (xv) Insofar as matters of Bermuda law are concerned, the
             Registration Statement and the filing of the Registration Statement
             with the Commission have been duly authorized by and on behalf of
             the Company;

                    (xvi) The Company is not entitled to any immunity on the
             basis of sovereignty or otherwise in respect of its obligations
             under this Agreement and could not successfully interpose any such
             immunity as a defense to any suit or action brought or maintained
             in respect of its obligations under this Agreement; and the waiver
             by the Company of immunity to jurisdiction (including the waiver of
             sovereign immunity to which the Company may become entitled
             subsequent to the date of this Agreement) and immunity to
             pre-judgment attachment, post-judgment attachment and execution in
             any suit, action or proceeding against it arising out of or based
             on this Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of the Company
             under Bermuda law;

                    (xvii) The indemnification and contribution provisions set
             forth in Section 8 hereof do not contravene the public policy or
             laws of Bermuda; and

             In giving such opinion, such counsel may state that with respect to
             all matters of United States federal and New York law they have
             relied upon the opinions of United States counsel for the Company
             delivered pursuant to paragraph (f) of this Section 7.

             (f) Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, counsel for the Company, shall
        have furnished to you their written opinion in the form set forth in
        Annex II(e) hereto, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance
        satisfactory to you.

             (g) ______________, patent counsel for the Company, shall have
        furnished to you their written opinion (a draft of such opinion is
        attached as Annex II(f) hereto), dated such Time of Delivery, in a form
        and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

                    (i) To the best of such counsel's knowledge, neither the
        Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any claim of
        infringement of any patent, except as set forth in such opinion; and

                    (ii) Such counsel has reviewed the Registration Statement
        and Prospectus, the amendments and supplements thereto, and insofar as
        they concern patents, patent rights or patent licenses, such counsel has
        no reason to believe that either the Registration Statement or the
        Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto (including
        particularly the information in the Prospectus under the caption "Risk
        Factors-____) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits
        to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not
        misleading.



<PAGE>   13

             In rendering such opinion, such counsel (i) shall state that they
        have represented the Company as to patent matters, are knowledgeable
        about its technologies and have discussed such technologies with
        scientists and researchers for the Company and (ii) may state that
        insofar as such opinion relates to factual matters, it is based upon
        certificates by officers of the Company, provided that such counsel
        shall state that they believe that both you and they are justified in
        relying upon such certificates.

             (h) On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution
        of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective
        date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed
        subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of
        Delivery, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP shall have furnished to you a
        letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in
        form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect set forth in Annex
        I hereto (the executed copy of the letter delivered prior to the
        execution of this Agreement is attached as Annex I(a) hereto and a draft
        of the form of letter to be delivered on the effective date of any
        post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement and as of each
        Time of Delivery is attached as Annex I(b) hereto);

             (i) (i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have
        sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements
        included in the Prospectus any loss or interference with its business
        from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by
        insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action,
        order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the
        Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information
        is given in the Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the
        capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of its
        subsidiaries or any change, or any development involving a prospective
        change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial
        position, stockholders' equity or results of operations of the Company
        and its subsidiaries, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the
        Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause
        (i) or (ii), is, in the judgment of the Representatives so material and
        adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the
        public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such
        Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the
        Prospectus;

             (j) On or after the date hereof there shall not have occurred any
        of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in
        securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or on NASDAQ; (ii) a
        suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company's securities
        on NASDAQ; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities
        declared by Federal or New York State or California State authorities;
        (iv) a change or development involving a prospective change in Bermuda
        or Singapore taxation affecting the Company or the Shares or the
        transfer thereof or the imposition of exchange controls by the United
        States, Bermuda or Singapore, if such change, development involving a
        prospective change or imposition is, in the judgment of the
        Representatives, so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or
        inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the
        Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the
        manner contemplated in the Prospectus; (v) the outbreak or escalation of
        hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United
        States of a national emergency or war, if the effect of any such event
        specified in this clause (v) in the judgment of the Representatives
        makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public
        offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of
        Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;
        or (vi) the occurrence of any material adverse change in the existing
        financial, political or economic conditions in the United States, the
        United Kingdom, Bermuda, Singapore or


<PAGE>   14

        elsewhere which, in the judgment of the Representatives, would
        materially and adversely affect the financial markets or the market for
        the Shares and other equity securities;

             (k) The Shares to be sold at such Time of Delivery shall have been
        duly listed for quotation on NASDAQ;

             (l) The Company has obtained and delivered to the Underwriters
        executed copies of an agreement from each of its directors and officers
        and each stockholder listed on Schedule II hereto, substantially to the
        effect set forth in Subsection 5(e) hereof in form and substance
        satisfactory to you;

             (m) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section
        5(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the New
        York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement;

             (n) The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to
        you at such Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company
        reasonably satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations
        and warranties of the Company herein at and as of such Time of Delivery,
        as to the performance by the Company of all of its obligations hereunder
        to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, and as to such
        other matters as you may reasonably request; and

             (o) On or after the date hereof (i) no downgrading shall have
        occurred in the rating accorded the Company's debt securities or
        preferred stock by any "nationally recognized statistical rating
        organization", as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of
        Rule 436(g)(2) under the Act, and (ii) no such organization shall have
        publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with
        possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Company's debt
        securities or preferred stock.

        8. (a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter
against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which
such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out
of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise
out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or
other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with
investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are
incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such
case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of
or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or
alleged omission made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement
or the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter
through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein.

        (b) Each Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Company
against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company may
become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based
upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based
upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not


<PAGE>   15

misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made
in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or
any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with written
information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs
& Co. expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Company for any legal or
other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with
investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are
incurred.

        (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a)
or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party
shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying
party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the
commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall
not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party
otherwise than under such subsection. In case any such action shall be brought
against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the
commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate
therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other
indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with
counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the
consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and,
after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its
election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be
liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of
other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such
indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable
costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent
of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to
the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or
claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought
hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party
to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i)
includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability
arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to
or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of
any indemnified party.

        (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable
to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or
(b) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions
in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall
contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result
of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof)
in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received
by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the
offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately
preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified
party failed to give the notice required under subsection (c) above, then each
indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such
indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such
relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and
the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions
which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The
relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters
on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net
proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company
bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the
Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the
Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other
things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission or alleged


<PAGE>   16

omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company
on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties' relative
intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent
such statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would
not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (d) were
determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one
entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not
take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this
subsection (d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result
of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof)
referred to above in this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or
other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with
investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the
provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to
contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which
the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the
public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise
been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or
omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation
(within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to
contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation. The Underwriters' obligations in this subsection (d) to
contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting
obligations and not joint.

        (e) The obligations of the Company under this Section 8 shall be in
addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have and shall extend,
upon the same terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who controls any
Underwriter within the meaning of the Act; and the obligations of the
Underwriters under this Section 8 shall be in addition to any liability which
the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same
terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company (including any
person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as
about to become a director of the Company) and to each person, if any, who
controls the Company within the meaning of the Act.

        9. (a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase
the Shares which it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, you
may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to
purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours
after such default by any Underwriter you do not arrange for the purchase of
such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of
thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties
satisfactory to you to purchase such Shares on such terms. In the event that,
within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Company that you have
so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, or the Company notifies you that it
has so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, you or the Company shall have
the right to postpone such Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven
days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or
arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments to the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in your opinion may thereby be
made necessary. The term "Underwriter" as used in this Agreement shall include
any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had
originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares.

        (b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the
Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company as
provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which
remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all
the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Company shall have
the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of
Shares which


<PAGE>   17

such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in
addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata
share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase
hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for
which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a
defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

        (c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the
Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company as
provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which
remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the
Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Company shall not
exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting
Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters,
then this Agreement (or, with respect to the Second Time of Delivery, the
obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Company to sell the
Optional Shares) shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any
non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company, except for the expenses to be borne
by the Company and the Underwriters as provided in Section 6 hereof and the
indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 8 hereof; but nothing herein
shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

        10. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties
and other statements of the Company and the several Underwriters, as set forth
in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to
this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any
investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf
of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company,
or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, and shall
survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

        11. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 9 hereof,
the Company shall not then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as
provided in Sections 6 and 8 hereof; but, if for any other reason, any Shares
are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company as provided herein, the Company
will reimburse the Underwriters through you for all out-of-pocket expenses
approved in writing by you, including fees and disbursements of counsel,
reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase,
sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Company shall then be
under no further liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 6
and 8 hereof.

        12. In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of each of the
Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any
statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or
given by you jointly or by Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of you as the
representatives.

        All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in
writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or
facsimile transmission to you as the representatives in care of Goldman, Sachs &
Co., 32 Old Slip, 21st Floor, New York, New York 10005, Attention: Registration
Department; and if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail to the
address of the Company set forth in the Registration Statement, Attention:
Secretary, with a copy to Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, One Montgomery Street,
Suite 2600, San Francisco, California 94104, Attention: Kenneth R. Lamb,
provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 8(c)
hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to
such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters' Questionnaire, or
telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the
Company by you upon request. Any such statements, requests, notices or
agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.


<PAGE>   18


        13. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the
benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company and, to the extent provided in
Sections 8 and 10 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and each
person who controls the Company or any Underwriter, and their respective heirs,
executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall
acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of
any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by
reason merely of such purchase.

        14. The Company irrevocably (i) agrees that any legal suit, action or
proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions
contemplated hereby may be instituted in any New York Court (ii) waives, to the
fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or
hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding and (iii) submits
to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or
proceeding. The Company irrevocably waives any immunity to jurisdiction to which
it may otherwise be entitled or become entitled (including sovereign immunity,
immunity to pre-judgment attachment, post-judgment attachment and execution) in
any legal suit, action or proceeding against it arising out of or based on this
Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby which is instituted in any New
York Court. The Company has appointed ________, New York, New York, as its
authorized agent (the "Authorized Agent") upon whom process may be served in any
such action arising out of or based on this Agreement or the transactions
contemplated hereby which may be instituted in any New York Court by any
Underwriter or by any person who controls any Underwriter, expressly consents to
the jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such action, and waives any
other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect
thereto. Such appointment shall be irrevocable. The Company represents and
warrants that the Authorized Agent has agreed to act as such agent for service
of process and agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any
and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such
appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. Service of process upon the
Authorized Agent and written notice of such service to the Company shall be
deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Company.

        15. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the
term "business day" shall mean any day when the Commission's office in
Washington, D.C. is open for business.

        16. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

        17. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties
hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an
original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same
instrument.

        18. In respect of any judgment or order given or made for any amount due
hereunder that is expressed and paid in a currency (the "judgment currency")
other than United States dollars, the Company will indemnify each Underwriter
against any loss incurred by such Underwriter as a result of any variation as
between (i) the rate of exchange at which the United States dollar amount is
converted into the judgment currency for the purpose of such judgment or order
and (ii) the rate of exchange at which an Underwriter is able to purchase United
States dollars with the amount of the judgment currency actually received by
such Underwriter. The foregoing indemnity shall constitute a separate and
independent obligation of the Company and shall continue in full force and
effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid. The term "rate
of exchange" shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in
connection with the purchase of or conversion into United States dollars.



<PAGE>   19

        If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign
and return to us seven counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by
you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance
hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between each of the Underwriters and
the Company. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of
each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of
Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the
Company for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to
the authority of the signers thereof.

                                       Very truly yours,

                                       Marvell Technology Group, Ltd.

                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          Name:
                                          Title:

Accepted as of the date hereof:

Goldman, Sachs & Co.
FleetBoston Robertson Stephens Inc.
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

By:
   -----------------------------------
         (Goldman, Sachs & Co.)

   On behalf of each of the Underwriters



<PAGE>   20

                                   SCHEDULE I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             NUMBER OF OPTIONAL
                                                                                SHARES TO BE
                                                          TOTAL NUMBER OF       PURCHASED IF
                                                            FIRM SHARES        MAXIMUM OPTION
                      UNDERWRITER                         TO BE PURCHASED         EXERCISED
                      -----------                         ---------------         ---------
<S>                   <C>                                 <C>                <C>
Goldman, Sachs & Co.....................................
FleetBoston Robertson Stephens Inc.
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

















                                                          ----------------        ---------
                 Total..................................
                                                          ================        =========
</TABLE>




<PAGE>   21
                                   SCHEDULE II

                   STOCKHOLDERS SUBJECT TO LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS



<PAGE>   22

                                     ANNEX I

        Pursuant to Section 7(h) of the Underwriting Agreement, the accountants
shall furnish letters to the Underwriters to the effect that:

             (i) They are independent certified public accountants with respect
        to the Company and its subsidiaries within the meaning of the Act and
        the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder;

             (ii) In their opinion, the financial statements and any
        supplementary financial information and schedules (and, if applicable,
        financial forecasts and/or pro forma financial information) examined by
        them and included in the Prospectus or the Registration Statement comply
        as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting
        requirements of the Act and the related published rules and regulations
        thereunder; and, if applicable, they have made a review in accordance
        with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public
        Accountants of the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements,
        selected financial data, pro forma financial information, financial
        forecasts and/or condensed financial statements derived from audited
        financial statements of the Company for the periods specified in such
        letter, as indicated in their reports thereon, copies of which have been
        separately furnished to the representatives of the Underwriters (the
        "Representatives");

             (iii) They have made a review in accordance with standards
        established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants of
        the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income, consolidated
        balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows included in the
        Prospectus as indicated in their reports thereon copies of which have
        been separately furnished to the Representatives and on the basis of
        specified procedures including inquiries of officials of the Company who
        have responsibility for financial and accounting matters regarding
        whether the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
        referred to in paragraph (vi)(A)(i) below comply as to form in all
        material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act
        and the related published rules and regulations, nothing came to their
        attention that cause them to believe that the unaudited condensed
        consolidated financial statements do not comply as to form in all
        material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act
        and the related published rules and regulations;

             (iv) The unaudited selected financial information with respect to
        the consolidated results of operations and financial position of the
        Company for the five most recent fiscal years included in the Prospectus
        agrees with the corresponding amounts (after restatements where
        applicable) in the audited consolidated financial statements for such
        five fiscal years which were included or incorporated by reference in
        the Company's Annual Reports on Form 10-K for such fiscal years;

             (v) They have compared the information in the Prospectus under
        selected captions with the disclosure requirements of Regulation S-K and
        on the basis of limited procedures specified in such letter nothing came
        to their attention as a result of the foregoing procedures that caused
        them to believe that this information does not conform in all material
        respects with the disclosure requirements of Items 301, 302, 402 and
        503(d), respectively, of Regulation S-K;

             (vi) On the basis of limited procedures, not constituting an
        examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards,
        consisting of a reading of the unaudited financial statements and other
        information referred to below, a reading of the latest available interim
        financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, inspection of
        the minute books of the


<PAGE>   23

        Company and its subsidiaries since the date of the latest audited
        financial statements included in the Prospectus, inquiries of officials
        of the Company and its subsidiaries responsible for financial and
        accounting matters and such other inquiries and procedures as may be
        specified in such letter, nothing came to their attention that caused
        them to believe that:

                    (A) (i) the unaudited consolidated statements of income,
             consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash
             flows included in the Prospectus do not comply as to form in all
             material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of
             the Act and the related published rules and regulations, or (ii)
             any material modifications should be made to the unaudited
             condensed consolidated statements of income, consolidated balance
             sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows included in the
             Prospectus for them to be in conformity with generally accepted
             accounting principles;

                    (B) any other unaudited income statement data and balance
             sheet items included in the Prospectus do not agree with the
             corresponding items in the unaudited consolidated financial
             statements from which such data and items were derived, and any
             such unaudited data and items were not determined on a basis
             substantially consistent with the basis for the corresponding
             amounts in the audited consolidated financial statements included
             in the Prospectus;

                    (C) the unaudited financial statements which were not
             included in the Prospectus but from which were derived any
             unaudited condensed financial statements referred to in clause (A)
             and any unaudited income statement data and balance sheet items
             included in the Prospectus and referred to in clause (B) were not
             determined on a basis substantially consistent with the basis for
             the audited consolidated financial statements included in the
             Prospectus;

                    (D) any unaudited pro forma consolidated condensed financial
             statements included in the Prospectus do not comply as to form in
             all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements
             of the Act and the published rules and regulations thereunder or
             the pro forma adjustments have not been properly applied to the
             historical amounts in the compilation of those statements;

                    (E) as of a specified date not more than five days prior to
             the date of such letter, there have been any changes in the
             consolidated capital stock (other than issuances of capital stock
             upon exercise of options and stock appreciation rights, upon
             earn-outs of performance shares and upon conversions of convertible
             securities, in each case which were outstanding on the date of the
             latest financial statements included in the Prospectus) or any
             increase in the consolidated long-term debt of the Company and its
             subsidiaries, or any decreases in consolidated net current assets
             or stockholders' equity or other items specified by the
             Representatives, or any increases in any items specified by the
             Representatives, in each case as compared with amounts shown in the
             latest balance sheet included in the Prospectus, except in each
             case for changes, increases or decreases which the Prospectus
             discloses have occurred or may occur or which are described in such
             letter; and

                    (F) for the period from the date of the latest financial
             statements included in the Prospectus to the specified date
             referred to in clause (E) there were any decreases in consolidated
             net revenues or operating profit or the total or per share amounts
             of consolidated net income or other items specified by the
             Representatives, or any


<PAGE>   24

             increases in any items specified by the Representatives, in each
             case as compared with the comparable period of the preceding year
             and with any other period of corresponding length specified by the
             Representatives, except in each case for decreases or increases
             which the Prospectus discloses have occurred or may occur or which
             are described in such letter; and

             (vii) In addition to the examination referred to in their report(s)
        included in the Prospectus and the limited procedures, inspection of
        minute books, inquiries and other procedures referred to in paragraphs
        (iii) and (vi) above, they have carried out certain specified
        procedures, not constituting an examination in accordance with generally
        accepted auditing standards, with respect to certain amounts,
        percentages and financial information specified by the Representatives,
        which are derived from the general accounting records of the Company and
        its subsidiaries, which appear in the Prospectus, or in Part II of, or
        in exhibits and schedules to, the Registration Statement specified by
        the Representatives, and have compared certain of such amounts,
        percentages and financial information with the accounting records of the
        Company and its subsidiaries and have found them to be in agreement.





<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.1

COMMON STOCK                                                        COMMON STOCK

MRV 
                               [MARVELL(TM) LOGO]
                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS                  SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
  OF THE STATE OF BERMUDA                                      CUSIP 65876H 10 5

This Certifies that





is the record holder of

   FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, $.002 PAR VALUE, OF

                          MARVEL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.

transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or
by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly
endorsed. This certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by
the Transfer Agent and Registrar. 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Corporation has caused this certificate to be
signed in facsimile by its duly authorized officers and a facsimile of its
corporate seal.

Date:



-----------------------------              -------------------------------------
          SECRETARY                        PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER


                                     [SEAL]


                             LOGO IS BLACK & WHITE

<PAGE>   2
                         MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.

     The Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so
requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating,
optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and
the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or
rights. Such requests
 shall be made to the Corporation's Secretary at the
principal office of the Corporation.  

        The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face
of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:


<TABLE>
        <S>                                            <C>
        TEN COM   --  as tenants in common              UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -- ...................Custodian...............
        TEN ENT   --  as tenants by the entireties                                 (Cust)                    (Minor) 
        JT TEN    --  as joint tenants with right of                         under Uniform Gifts to Minors
                      survivorship and not as tenants                        Act........................................
                      in common                                                                 (State)
                                                        UNIF TRF MIN ACT  -- .............Custodian (until age.........)
                                                                                 (Cust)
                                                                             ....................under Uniform Transfers
                                                                                    (Minor)
                                                                             to Minors Act..............................
                                                                                                   (State)
</TABLE>



    Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.


        FOR VALUE RECEIVED,___________________________hereby sell, assign and
transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
   IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
--------------------------------------

--------------------------------------


_______________________________________________________________________________
 (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________ Shares
of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby
irrevocably constitute and appoint

______________________________________________________________________ Attorney
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation
with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated________________________


                                X_______________________________________________
  
                                X_______________________________________________
                                 THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST 
                                 CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE
                       NOTICE:   FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR,
                                 WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY
                                 CHANGE WHATEVER.

Signature(s) Guaranteed




By___________________________________
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED
BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION
(BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND
LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS
WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM),
PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.


     KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE, IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED
THE CORPORATION WILL REQUIRE A BOND OF INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO THE ISSUANCE
OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.


------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     AMERICAN BANK NOTE COMPANY         PRODUCTION COORDINATOR STEVE KOWALSKI:
        55th and SANSOME ST.                       216-784-8820
         PHILA, PA 1973                      PROOF OF APRIL 25, 2000
         (215) 704-8800                        MARVELL TECHNOLOGY
                                                   H 66212 BK
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   SALES: M. SANDMU: 415-543-8585         OPERATOR:      MT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   HOME 16/LIVE JOBS/M/MARVELL 66212               NEW
------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 



<PAGE>   1
                                                                     Exhibit 5.1

                      [CONYERS DILL & PEARMAN LETTERHEAD]

5 May 2000

Marvell Technology Group, Ltd
Marvell Semiconductor, Inc.
645 Almanor Avenue
Sunnyvale
California CA 94086
USA

Dear Sirs

REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-1

We have examined the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by you with the
Securities  and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") on or about 5 May 2000
(as such may be further amended or supplemented, the "Registration Statement"),
in connection with the registration under the United States Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Act"), of common shares up to a value of $75,000,000
(the "Shares"). As your special legal counsel in Bermuda in connection with
this transaction, we have examined the proceedings proposed to be taken by you
in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares.

Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that the Shares, when issued and sold
in the manner described in the Registration Statement, will be legally and
validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable under the laws of Bermuda.

We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement, and further consent to the use of our name and to the use of our
opinion regarding tax matters wherever appearing in
 the Registration Statement,
including the prospectus constituting a part thereof, which has been approved by
us, as such may be further amended or supplemented, or incorporated by reference
in any Registration Statement relating to the prospectus filed pursuant to the
Act.

Yours faithfully


/s/ CONYERS DILL & PEARMAN
---------------------------------------
CONYERS DILL & PEARMAN





<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 8.1



                        [FENWICK & WEST LLP LETTERHEAD]



                                  May 3, 2000



MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
Clarendon House
2 Church Street
Hamilton, HMCX
Bermuda

Attention: Board of Directors

     Re: Tax Opinion for the Initial Public Offering of Marvell Technology Group
         Ltd.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have been requested to render an opinion concerning the matters of
United States federal income tax law in connection with the initial public
offering of Marvell Technology Group Ltd. ("Marvell").

     It is our opinion that the section of the Form S-1 entitled "Taxation of
Shareholders -- United States Federal Income Tax Considerations" summarizes the
material United States federal income tax considerations that apply to the
ownership and disposition of Marvell common stock held by prospective United
States Holders, as that term is defined therein, as of the date of the Form S-1.

     You should be aware that an opinion of counsel represents only counsel's
best legal judgment, and has no binding effect or official status of any kind,
and that no assurance can be given that contrary positions may not be taken by
the Internal Revenue Service or that a court considering the issues would not
hold otherwise. We undertake no responsibility to advise
 you of any subsequent
developments in the application, operation or interpretation of the United
States federal income tax laws.

     This opinion is being delivered solely for use in connection with the
initial public offering of Marvell. This opinion may not otherwise be relied
upon or utilized for any other purpose or by any other person or entity, and may
not be made available to any other person or entity, without our prior written
consent.

                                      Very truly yours,

                                      /s/ FENWICK & WEST LLP
                                      -----------------------------------
                                      FENWICK & WEST LLP
                                      A LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP
                                      INCLUDING PROFESSIONAL CORPORATIONS



<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.7

[MARVELL LOGO]
                                                   MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
                            WAFER PURCHASE AGREEMENT


        THIS WAFER PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is entered into as of
June 30, 1997 (the "Effective Date"), by and between MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP,
LTD., a Bermuda corporation, having its principal place of business at Clarendon
House, 2 Churchill Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda ("MARVELL"), and TAIWAN
SEMICONDUCTOR MANUFACTURING CORPORATION, a Taiwan corporation having its
principal place of business at No. 121, PARK AVE. 3, SBIP, Hsio-Chu, Taiwan,
R.O.C. ("TSMC").

RECITALS

        WHEREAS, MARVELL desires to have certain products of its design
manufactured by TSMC for sale by MARVELL; and 

        WHEREAS, TSMC has the capability of manufacturing MARVELL's products and
has agreed to supply to MARVELL certain fabricated silicon wafers.

        THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and covenants contained
below, the parties agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions.

        1.1     "Acceptance Criteria" shall mean the electrical and visual
specifications described in Exhibit A to this Agreement.

        1.2     "TSMC Capacity Commitment" shall mean TSMC's commitment as set
forth in Section 3.2 below and Exhibit B attached hereto.

        1.3     "Process" shall mean TSMC's mixed mode, double and triple
 metal
logic processes used by TSMC according to this Agreement to manufacture one or
more of the Products or any equivalent process developed by TSMC that meets with
MARVELL's approval.

        1.4     "Product(s)" shall mean MARVELL's integrated circuits which it
requests TSMC to manufacture and provide in Wafer form.

        1.5     "Proprietary Information" shall mean information that the
disclosing party considers to be proprietary and/or confidential, including but
not limited to, trade secrets, discoveries, ideas, concepts, know-how,
techniques, designs, specifications, drawings, diagrams, data, computer
programs, business activities and operations, reports, studies and other
technical and business information.

        1.6     "Wafer(s)" shall mean silicon wafers manufactured by TSMC and
sold exclusively to MARVELL using the Process agreed to by the parties. Wafer
requirements shall be stated in six (6) inch equivalents; all Wafers shall be
six- (6-) inch or eight- (8-) inch silicon wafers, unless both parties mutually
agree otherwise.

<PAGE>   2
[MARVELL LOGO]                                     MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.

Section 2. Process Technical Information.

     For each Process, TSMC shall provide MARVELL in writing with all technical
information that MARVELL reasonably requires to develop circuit simulation
models or data bases, or both. The information to be supplied by TSMC shall
include but not be limited to the following:

          (a)  detailed design rules;

          (b)  process flow outline;

          (c)  process parameter specifications;
          
          (d)  electric parameter specifications;

          (e)  quality control monitor flow;

          (f)  SPICE model parameters; and

          (g)  other information as shall be mutually agreed upon by both
               parties.

Section 3.  Wafer Capacity Commitment to MARVELL.

     3.1   Manufacturing. Upon MARVELL's orders therefor and subject to
qualification pursuant to Section 5 below, TSMC agrees to manufacture and sell
Products, and MARVELL agrees to purchase such Products from TSMC, on the terms
and conditions set forth herein. TSMC agrees to provide MARVELL access to TSMC
wafer fabs which give the best cost, efficiency and lowest defect density
available.

     3.2   TSMC Capacity Commitment. Effective immediately, TSMC shall reserve
for and allocate to MARVELL such minimum wafer manufacturing capacity as is set
forth on Exhibit B at the prices set forth in Section 6.

     3.3   Reject Wafer Protection. After stable yields have been achieved, the
parties shall agree, in good faith, on the average standard yield per wafer
sort. If TSMC produces any Wafers which yield twenty percent (20%) or less of
the average standard yield at wafer sort, then TSMC shall credit MARVELL for
the full price MARVELL paid for such Wafers. If TSMC produces any Wafers which
yield between twenty percent (20%) and eighty percent (80%) of the average
standard yield at wafer sort, then TSMC shall credit MARVELL for a pro-rata
portion of the full price MARVELL paid for such Wafers. If MARVELL requests
Wafers to replace those rejected, TSMC shall use reasonable best efforts to
replace such Wafers; in any event, TSMC will restart the lots within two weeks
of the rejection. In the event TSMC requests an RMA, MARVELL will use
reasonable commercial efforts to determine the cause of a low yield and work
with TSMC to provide a corrective action. Wafer sort will be done by TSMC at
TSMC or an agreed upon location.

                                      -2-


          

<PAGE>   3
[MARVELL LOGO]                                     MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.

Section 4. Mask Tooling Sets.

        4.1 Mask Ownership. TSMC acknowledges and agrees that data base and mask
tooling sets are proprietary to MARVELL, and shall be and remain the property of
MARVELL, be treated as MARVELL's confidential materials, be used only for the
purpose of filling MARVELL's needs and for no other purpose, and shall at all
times contain MARVELL's trademark, mask work and copyright notices. TSMC is
responsible for replacing damaged or broken masks.

        4.2 Care and Confidentiality of Masks. TSMC agrees to exercise the same
degree of care in protecting the property of MARVELL mask tooling sets as is
exercised by TSMC for information which TSMC considers highly confidential and
proprietary to TSMC.

        4.3 Return of Masks. TSMC shall promptly return MARVELL's mask tooling
sets upon MARVELL's request in writing.

        4.4 Vendor Selection. TSMC and MARVELL shall jointly agree on mask
vendor selection.

Section 5. Qualification and Modification.

        5.1 Engineering Lots. MARVELL may order engineering lots where it seeks
the qualification of an update to a Product or a Product not previously
manufactured by TSMC, or seeks to otherwise improve functionality and yield, or
to make any other engineering changes. For purposes of this Agreement, an
engineering lot shall contain 12 Wafers. It shall be MARVELL's responsibility to
inform and provide TSMC with the specifications for the engineering changes to
be made to an engineering lot before production begins.

        5.2 Acceptance Criteria. As part of the completion of the qualification
process for each Product, the parties shall agree on the Acceptance Criteria to
be used for the acceptance of Wafers. Such Acceptance Criteria shall be reduced
to writing and attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A and shall constitute the
contractual standards according to which MARVELL shall conduct acceptance of the
Wafers. 

        5.3 Successful Qualification. MARVELL shall notify TSMC as soon as is
practicable after delivery of prototype Wafers, of MARVELL's determination that
the prototype Wafers meet the Acceptance Criteria set forth in Exhibit A.

        5.4 Production Wafers Prior to Qualification. Although MARVELL does not
expect that production quantities of Wafers of a Product will be manufactured
prior to completion of the qualification process under Sections 5.1 through 5.3
above, MARVELL reserves the right to have TSMC manufacture production quantities
of such Wafers prior to qualification.

        5.5 Modifications After Qualifications.

            (a) Changes to Acceptance Criteria. If either MARVELL or TSMC
desires to make any changes to the Acceptance Criteria for any Product, it shall
notify the other party in



<PAGE>   4
[MARVELL LOGO]

                                                   MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.

writing and negotiate the changes in good faith, including any changes in prices
required by such modifications.

                (b)     Changes to Process.

                        (i)     Changes to Process that TSMC Requests. If, after
qualification is completed successfully for any Product to be manufactured under
this Agreement, TSMC desires to make Process changes affecting the Product's
form, fit or function, TSMC shall request in writing for the permission to make
such changes. If the proposed changes are unacceptable to MARVELL, TSMC and
MARVELL will meet to discuss such proposed changes with the understanding that
should the change in any way affect the performance or yield of a MARVELL device
in a negative manner, TSMC will not make the change for a period of not less
than one year.

                        (ii)    Changes to Process that MARVELL Requests. If,
after Qualification is completed successfully for any product to be
manufactured under this Agreement, MARVELL desires to make a change to the
Process, MARVELL shall make a written request to TSMC. After reviewing the
requested changes, TSMC shall consider such request and, if appropriate, propose
a development and qualification plan and any associated charges. After
completion of the development, TSMC may propose a reasonable Wafer price change,
if any, associated with the Process change.

Section 6. Prices, Charges and Payments.

        6.1     Price. The price for Wafers shall be fixed every quarter in good
faith by the mutual agreement of both parties and set forth on Exhibit C
attached hereto; the price shall be based on the fair market value of such
Wafers at the time price is established.

        6.2     Hot Lots. Prices for engineering lots ordered by MARVELL to be
delivered in less than the normal cycle times determined pursuant to Section 9
below, if any, shall be mutually agreed upon by the parties in good faith.

        6.3     Payment Terms. Unless otherwise agreed upon by the parties,
payment terms shall be net due thirty (30) days after the receipt of TSMC's
invoice.

        6.4     Taxes. MARVELL shall be responsible for and shall pay any
present or future customs duties or sales, use, excise or other similar tax
applicable to the sale of goods covered by this Agreement or MARVELL shall
supply TSMC with a reasonably satisfactory tax exemption certificate.

Section 7. Rolling Forecasts.

        By the fifteenth working day of each month, MARVELL shall provide TSMC a
rolling forecast of its monthly volume requirement for the following twelve (12)
months for Wafers by Process manufactured by TSMC (the "Forecast"), the first
three (3) months of such Forecast being binding on both parties. The parties
hereby agree that the Forecast is subject to a plus or minus change of
thirty-three percent (33%) from the stated amounts for months 3 through 6 of


                                      -4-

<PAGE>   5
[MARVELL LOGO]                                     MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.

the Forecast, and a plus or minus change of fifty percent (50%) from the stated
amounts for months 7 through 12 of the Forecast. In the event MARVELL requires
changes to the Forecast, TSMC will use reasonable efforts to consider such
changes and reach mutually agreeable changes in good faith.

       MARVELL'S forecasts shall constitute good faith estimates of MARVELL's
anticipated requirements for Wafers for the periods indicated based on current
market conditions (but, in the absence of a purchase order, shall not be a
commitment by MARVELL for purchase of Wafers, except as set forth in the
proceeding paragraph).

Section 8. Purchase Orders.
       8.1  Placement of Purchase Orders. Purchase orders ("Purchase Orders")
submitted by MARVELL shall be for a fixed quantity of Wafer lots (a production
wafer lot shall contain 24 wafers). TSMC shall accept the Purchase Order offer
by written acknowledgment of the Purchase Orders placed. The Purchase Order
shall be effective only upon TSMC's acknowledgement by written notice within
five (5) business days of receipt of the order; provided, however, if TSMC has
not rejected the Purchase Order within such five day period, the Purchase Order
will be deemed accepted. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall
control all sales of Products hereunder, and any inconsistent terms or
conditions in any purchase order, acknowledgement, notice or similar document
shall be of no effect.

       8.2    Content of Purchase Orders. Each Purchase Order shall contain:

              (a)  Products to be purchased;

              (b)  quantities of Wafer lots for each Product;

              (c)  requested shipment date;

              (d)  destination and requested carriers, and

              (e)  confirmation of the price for each Wafer.

Section 9. Cycle Times.
       Cycle times, by Process for each Product, from TSMC's acceptance of
MARVELL's Purchase Order until delivery of the Product to MARVELL's selected
transportation carrier are set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto.

Section 10. Manufacturing Information.
       Upon MARVELL's written request, TSMC shall make available for review any
process control information including but not limited to: Process and electrical
test yield results, calibration schedules and parametric test results.

Section 11. Delivery of Orders 
       11.1 Transfer of Ownership. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing between
the parties, TSMC shall deliver the Products to MARVELL F.O.B. TSMC Taiwan.
Title and risk of


                                      -5-

<PAGE>   6
[MARVELL LOGO]                                     MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.

loss shall pass to MARVELL upon this delivery. TSMC shall package the Products
for secure shipment according to standard industrial manufacturing practices in
consideration of the method of shipment chosen.

      11.2  Partial Shipments. Partial shipments are allowed, so long as full
shipment of the appropriate quantities are made by the delivery dates specified
in the Purchase Order acknowledgment. Such partial shipments may be invoiced
individually or in combination with all the other partial shipments made for the
same Purchase Orders. Invoices for Wafers put on hold under Sections 6.4 and 6.5
above shall be treated as a partial shipment and paid according to the terms in
Section 6.7 above.

Section 12. Acceptance, Testing and Inspection.
      
      12.1  Notification of Acceptance. MARVELL shall accept all Wafers
delivered under this Agreement that meet the Acceptance Criteria and the minimum
good die yield thresholds established by the parties for such Wafers and shall
notify TSMC in writing, within forty-five (45) days following the delivery of
any Wafers, as to rejection thereof. If no notification indicating rejection is
received by TSMC within the above time period, then such Wafers shall be deemed
accepted.

      12.2  MARVELL Inspection of Product. MARVELL may inspect the Products and
carry out testing, prior to acceptance, at its own facilities, to determine if
the Products meet the Acceptance Criteria.

Section 13. Proprietary Information

      13.1  Restriction on Use and Disclosure of Proprietary Information. Both
parties agree to maintain each other's Proprietary Information in strict
confidence, now to make use thereof other than for the performance of this
Agreement, to release it only to the receiving party's employees who have a
reasonable need to know the same, and not to release or disclose it to any third
parties, without the prior written consent of the disclosing party. The
obligations set forth in this Section shall not apply to any information that:
(a) is now or hereafter in public domain or otherwise becomes available to the
public other than by breach of this Agreement by the receiving party, (b) has
been rightfully in the receiving party's possession prior to receipt from the
disclosing party, (c) is rightfully received by the receiving party from a third
party, (d) is independently developed by the receiving party, and (e) is
authorized by the disclosing party to be released or disclosed.

      13.2 Ownership. All Proprietary Information and any copies thereof shall
remain the property of the disclosing party, and no license or other rights is
granted or implied hereby The receiving party shall, upon the disclosing party's
request, return the original and all copies of tangible Proprietary Information.
Any masks generated by TSMC from MARVELL's database tapes shall be the property
of MARVELL and shall be immediately returned to MARVELL upon its request.

      13.3  Survival of Obligation. Obligations under this Section shall survive
any termination of this Agreement.

                                      -6-




     

<PAGE>   7
[MARVELL LOGO]                                     MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.

Section 14. Warranty.

     14.1   Product Warranty. TSMC warrants that the Products delivered under
this Agreement shall be free from defects in material and workmanship under
normal use for a period of one (1) year from the date of shipment. If a Product
is mutually determined to be defective, then TSMC shall either repair, replace,
or credit MARVELL for such defective Products. Refunds or credits will be made
within ten (10) days and replacements products will be provided as soon as
practicable, but in no event longer than forty-five (45) days after their
return to TSMC. TSMC shall be responsible for all transportation costs
associated with MARVELL's exercise of this warranty coverage.

     14.2    Limitation on Warranty. THE FOREGOING WARRANTY SHALL BE EXCLUSIVE
AND IN LIEU OF ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ALL OF WHICH ARE HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED.

Section 15. Intellectual Property.

     15.1   Indemnity. With respect to each party's respective proprietary
contribution to any Products provided, manufactured, sold or otherwise
transferred hereunder, such party agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless
the other party against any loss, costs, liability or expense arising out of or
resulting from any actions or claims brought against such other party to the
extent based upon a claim that such contribution infringes any patent, trade
secret or other intellectual property right of any third party (collectively,
"Third Party Rights"), and agrees to pay any settlements entered into or
damages awarded against such other party to the extent based upon such a claim;
provided, that the party seeking indemnification provides reasonably prompt
notice thereof and reasonable assistance in connection with the defense thereof
at the indemnifying party's expense, and allows the indemnifying party full
control of the defense and settlement thereof.

Section 16. Limitation of Liability.

     IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOSS OF PROFITS AND LOSS OF USE)
RESULTING FROM, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH PARTY'S PERFORMANCE
OR FAILURE TO PERFORM UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, OR RESULTING FROM, ARISING OUT OF
OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE PRODUCTION, SUPPLY, AND/OR SALE OF THE PRODUCTS OR
WAFERS OR ANY PART THEREOF WHETHER DUE TO A BREACH OF CONTRACT, BREACH OF
WARRANTY, TORT, OR NEGLIGENCE OF A PARTY, OR OTHERWISE. THIS SECTION DOES NOT
ELIMINATE A PARTY'S LIABILITY FOR ACTUAL DAMAGES.

Section 17. Term and Termination.

     17.1    Term. This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect for
three years from Effective Date. Either party has the right to terminate this
Agreement without cause with a 

                                      -7-


<PAGE>   8
[MARVELL LOGO]                                     MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.

thirty (30) day prior notice. This Agreement may be renewed by additional
periods by mutual written agreement of the parties.

        17.2    Termination for Breach. If either party breaches any material
term of condition of this Agreement and fails to cure that breach within thirty
(30) days after receiving written notice of the breach, the other party shall
have the right to terminate this Agreement, on written notice, at any time after
the end of such thirty (30) day period.

        17.3    Termination for Insolvency. If either party becomes the subject
of a voluntary or involuntary petition in bankruptcy or of any proceeding
relating to insolvency, receivership, liquidation, or composition for the
benefit of creditors, if that petition or proceeding is not dismissed with
prejudice within sixty (60) days after filing, the other party may terminate
this Agreement on thirty (30) days' notice.

        17.4    Return of Material. Upon termination or expiration of this
Agreement, TSMC shall return to MARVELL all items supplied to it under this
Agreement.

        17.5    Survival of Provisions. The rights and obligations of the
parties pursuant to Section 13, 15, 16 and 18 shall survive the termination of
this Agreement.

Section 18.     Miscellaneous.

        18.1    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and
interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California without
reference to conflict of laws principles.

        18.2    Arbitration. Any dispute or claim arising out of or in
connection with this Agreement shall be finally settled by binding arbitration
in San Jose, California under the rules of arbitration of the International
Chamber of Commerce by one arbitrator appointed in accordance with said rules.
Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court
having jurisdiction thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties may
apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for injunctive relief without
breach of this arbitration provision.

        18.3    Assignment. Neither party may assign or delegate this Agreement
or any of its licenses, rights or duties under this Agreement without the prior
written consent of the other, except MARVELL may assign this Agreement to a
person or entity into which it has merged or which has otherwise succeeded to
all of substantially all of its business and assets, and which has assumed in
writing or by operation of law its obligations under this Agreement.

        18.4    Authority. Each party represents that all corporate action
necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by
such party and the performance of its obligations hereunder has been taken.

        18.5    Notices. All notices and other communications required or
permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid, or 


                                      -8-

<PAGE>   9
[MARVELL LOGO]                                     MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.


otherwise delivered by hand, by messenger or by facsimile transmission,
addressed to the addresses set forth above or at such other address furnished
with a notice in the manner set forth herein. Such notices shall be deemed to
have been served when delivered or, if delivery is not accomplished by reason
of some fault of the addressee, when tendered.

     18.6   Partial Invalidity. If any paragraph, provision, or clause thereof
in this Agreement shall be found or be held to be invalid or unenforceable in
any jurisdiction in which this Agreement is being performed, the remainder of
this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable and the parties shall negotiate,
in good faith a substitute, valid and enforceable provision which most nearly
effects the parties' intent in entering into this Agreement.

     18.7   Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more
counterparts, all of which, taken together, shall be regarded as one and the
same instrument.

     18.8   Waiver. The failure of either party to enforce at any time the
provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be constituted to be a present or
future waiver of such provisions, nor in any way affect the validity of either
party to enforce each and every such provision thereafter.

     18.9   Entire Agreement. The terms and conditions herein contained
constitute the entire agreement between the parties and supersede all previous
agreements and understandings, whether oral or written, between the parties
hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and no agreement of
understanding varying or extending the same shall be binding upon either party
hereto unless in a written document signed by the party to be bound thereby.

     18.10 Section Headings. The section headings contained in this Agreement
are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement.

     18.11 Export Control. Export of Products from Taiwan may require export
authorization from the government of either Taiwan or another jurisdiction.
TSMC shall be responsible for the cost of obtaining such authorization or any
liability resulting from its failure to obtain such authorization.

     18.12 Terms to Other Customers. TSMC agrees that the terms and conditions
of any wafer purchase, production or supply agreement by and between TSMC and
any other customer under similar circumstances shall be no more favorable in
any material respect to such customer than those of this Agreement are to
MARVELL.

                            [Signature pages follow]


                                      -9-


<PAGE>   10
[MARVELL LOGO]

                                                   MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed in duplicate on their behalf by their duly authorized officers and
representatives on the date given above.

MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP, LTD.

By: /s/ WEILI DAI
   ----------------------------------
Name Weili Dai
     --------------------------------
Title Executive Vice President
      -------------------------------


TAIWAN SEMICONDUCTOR MANUFACTURING
CORPORATION

By: /s/ C.C. TSAI
   ----------------------------------
Name C.C. Tsai
     --------------------------------
Title Asia Sales Director
      -------------------------------

<PAGE>   11
[MARVELL LOGO]

                                                   MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.

EXHIBITS LIST

Exhibit A       Acceptance Criteria

Exhibit B       Wafer Manufacturing Capacity Commitment

Exhibit C       Prices


<PAGE>   12
[MARVELL LOGO]

                                                   MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.
                                        
                                   EXHIBIT A
                                        
                              ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA

<PAGE>   13



                                   EXHIBIT B

                    WAFER MANUFACTURING CAPACITY COMMITMENT


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Size         Unit Volume in 1997       Unit Volume in 1998      Unit Volume in 1999
<S>              <C>                       <C>                      <C>
 .5u             1,500                     15,000                   10,000  
.35u             prototypes*                5,000                   20,000
.25u             0                         prototypes*               5,000
</TABLE>


*Demand for prototyping as noted indicates use of several hundred wafers
 annually in a given technology or feature size. 

<PAGE>   14



[MARVELL LOGO]              EXHIBIT C              MARVELL TECHNOLOGY GROUP LTD.

            PRICES (STATED IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS) AND CYCLE TIMES



<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
     We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of
our report dated March 3, 2000 except for Note 11, which is as of March 21,
2000, relating to the financial statements of Marvell Technology Group Ltd.,
which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference
to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.
 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
   
May 3, 2000